| 1 | /* |
| 2 | Copyright (c) 2000, 2016, Oracle and/or its affiliates. |
| 3 | Copyright (c) 2009, 2017, MariaDB Corporation. |
| 4 | |
| 5 | This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify |
| 6 | it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by |
| 7 | the Free Software Foundation; version 2 of the License. |
| 8 | |
| 9 | This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, |
| 10 | but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of |
| 11 | MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the |
| 12 | GNU General Public License for more details. |
| 13 | |
| 14 | You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License |
| 15 | along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software |
| 16 | Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA */ |
| 17 | |
| 18 | #ifndef SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED |
| 19 | #define SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED |
| 20 | |
| 21 | /* Classes in mysql */ |
| 22 | |
| 23 | #include "dur_prop.h" |
| 24 | #include <waiting_threads.h> |
| 25 | #include "sql_const.h" |
| 26 | #include <mysql/plugin_audit.h> |
| 27 | #include "log.h" |
| 28 | #include "rpl_tblmap.h" |
| 29 | #include "mdl.h" |
| 30 | #include "field.h" // Create_field |
| 31 | #include "probes_mysql.h" |
| 32 | #include "sql_locale.h" /* my_locale_st */ |
| 33 | #include "sql_profile.h" /* PROFILING */ |
| 34 | #include "scheduler.h" /* thd_scheduler */ |
| 35 | #include "protocol.h" /* Protocol_text, Protocol_binary */ |
| 36 | #include "violite.h" /* vio_is_connected */ |
| 37 | #include "thr_lock.h" /* thr_lock_type, THR_LOCK_DATA, THR_LOCK_INFO */ |
| 38 | #include "thr_timer.h" |
| 39 | #include "thr_malloc.h" |
| 40 | #include "log_slow.h" /* LOG_SLOW_DISABLE_... */ |
| 41 | |
| 42 | #include "sql_digest_stream.h" // sql_digest_state |
| 43 | |
| 44 | #include <mysql/psi/mysql_stage.h> |
| 45 | #include <mysql/psi/mysql_statement.h> |
| 46 | #include <mysql/psi/mysql_idle.h> |
| 47 | #include <mysql/psi/mysql_table.h> |
| 48 | #include <mysql_com_server.h> |
| 49 | #include "session_tracker.h" |
| 50 | |
| 51 | extern "C" |
| 52 | void set_thd_stage_info(void *thd, |
| 53 | const PSI_stage_info *new_stage, |
| 54 | PSI_stage_info *old_stage, |
| 55 | const char *calling_func, |
| 56 | const char *calling_file, |
| 57 | const unsigned int calling_line); |
| 58 | |
| 59 | #define THD_STAGE_INFO(thd, stage) \ |
| 60 | (thd)->enter_stage(&stage, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__) |
| 61 | |
| 62 | #include "my_apc.h" |
| 63 | #include "rpl_gtid.h" |
| 64 | #include "wsrep_mysqld.h" |
| 65 | |
| 66 | class Reprepare_observer; |
| 67 | class Relay_log_info; |
| 68 | struct rpl_group_info; |
| 69 | class Rpl_filter; |
| 70 | class Query_log_event; |
| 71 | class Load_log_event; |
| 72 | class sp_rcontext; |
| 73 | class sp_cache; |
| 74 | class Lex_input_stream; |
| 75 | class Parser_state; |
| 76 | class Rows_log_event; |
| 77 | class Sroutine_hash_entry; |
| 78 | class user_var_entry; |
| 79 | struct Trans_binlog_info; |
| 80 | class rpl_io_thread_info; |
| 81 | class rpl_sql_thread_info; |
| 82 | |
| 83 | enum enum_ha_read_modes { RFIRST, RNEXT, RPREV, RLAST, RKEY, RNEXT_SAME }; |
| 84 | enum enum_duplicates { DUP_ERROR, DUP_REPLACE, DUP_UPDATE }; |
| 85 | enum enum_delay_key_write { DELAY_KEY_WRITE_NONE, DELAY_KEY_WRITE_ON, |
| 86 | DELAY_KEY_WRITE_ALL }; |
| 87 | enum enum_slave_exec_mode { SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_STRICT, |
| 88 | SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_IDEMPOTENT, |
| 89 | SLAVE_EXEC_MODE_LAST_BIT }; |
| 90 | enum enum_slave_run_triggers_for_rbr { SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_NO, |
| 91 | SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_YES, |
| 92 | SLAVE_RUN_TRIGGERS_FOR_RBR_LOGGING}; |
| 93 | enum enum_slave_type_conversions { SLAVE_TYPE_CONVERSIONS_ALL_LOSSY, |
| 94 | SLAVE_TYPE_CONVERSIONS_ALL_NON_LOSSY}; |
| 95 | |
| 96 | /* |
| 97 | MARK_COLUMNS_READ: A column is goind to be read. |
| 98 | MARK_COLUMNS_WRITE: A column is going to be written to. |
| 99 | MARK_COLUMNS_READ: A column is goind to be read. |
| 100 | A bit in read set is set to inform handler that the field |
| 101 | is to be read. If field list contains duplicates, then |
| 102 | thd->dup_field is set to point to the last found |
| 103 | duplicate. |
| 104 | MARK_COLUMNS_WRITE: A column is going to be written to. |
| 105 | A bit is set in write set to inform handler that it needs |
| 106 | to update this field in write_row and update_row. |
| 107 | */ |
| 108 | enum enum_column_usage |
| 109 | { COLUMNS_READ, COLUMNS_WRITE, MARK_COLUMNS_READ, MARK_COLUMNS_WRITE}; |
| 110 | |
| 111 | static inline bool should_mark_column(enum_column_usage column_usage) |
| 112 | { return column_usage >= MARK_COLUMNS_READ; } |
| 113 | |
| 114 | enum enum_filetype { FILETYPE_CSV, FILETYPE_XML }; |
| 115 | |
| 116 | enum enum_binlog_row_image { |
| 117 | /** PKE in the before image and changed columns in the after image */ |
| 118 | BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_MINIMAL= 0, |
| 119 | /** Whenever possible, before and after image contain all columns except blobs. */ |
| 120 | BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_NOBLOB= 1, |
| 121 | /** All columns in both before and after image. */ |
| 122 | BINLOG_ROW_IMAGE_FULL= 2 |
| 123 | }; |
| 124 | |
| 125 | |
| 126 | /* Bits for different SQL modes modes (including ANSI mode) */ |
| 127 | #define MODE_REAL_AS_FLOAT (1ULL << 0) |
| 128 | #define MODE_PIPES_AS_CONCAT (1ULL << 1) |
| 129 | #define MODE_ANSI_QUOTES (1ULL << 2) |
| 130 | #define MODE_IGNORE_SPACE (1ULL << 3) |
| 131 | #define MODE_IGNORE_BAD_TABLE_OPTIONS (1ULL << 4) |
| 132 | #define MODE_ONLY_FULL_GROUP_BY (1ULL << 5) |
| 133 | #define MODE_NO_UNSIGNED_SUBTRACTION (1ULL << 6) |
| 134 | #define MODE_NO_DIR_IN_CREATE (1ULL << 7) |
| 135 | #define MODE_POSTGRESQL (1ULL << 8) |
| 136 | #define MODE_ORACLE (1ULL << 9) |
| 137 | #define MODE_MSSQL (1ULL << 10) |
| 138 | #define MODE_DB2 (1ULL << 11) |
| 139 | #define MODE_MAXDB (1ULL << 12) |
| 140 | #define MODE_NO_KEY_OPTIONS (1ULL << 13) |
| 141 | #define MODE_NO_TABLE_OPTIONS (1ULL << 14) |
| 142 | #define MODE_NO_FIELD_OPTIONS (1ULL << 15) |
| 143 | #define MODE_MYSQL323 (1ULL << 16) |
| 144 | #define MODE_MYSQL40 (1ULL << 17) |
| 145 | #define MODE_ANSI (1ULL << 18) |
| 146 | #define MODE_NO_AUTO_VALUE_ON_ZERO (1ULL << 19) |
| 147 | #define MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES (1ULL << 20) |
| 148 | #define MODE_STRICT_TRANS_TABLES (1ULL << 21) |
| 149 | #define MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES (1ULL << 22) |
| 150 | #define MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE (1ULL << 23) |
| 151 | #define MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE (1ULL << 24) |
| 152 | #define MODE_INVALID_DATES (1ULL << 25) |
| 153 | #define MODE_ERROR_FOR_DIVISION_BY_ZERO (1ULL << 26) |
| 154 | #define MODE_TRADITIONAL (1ULL << 27) |
| 155 | #define MODE_NO_AUTO_CREATE_USER (1ULL << 28) |
| 156 | #define MODE_HIGH_NOT_PRECEDENCE (1ULL << 29) |
| 157 | #define MODE_NO_ENGINE_SUBSTITUTION (1ULL << 30) |
| 158 | #define MODE_PAD_CHAR_TO_FULL_LENGTH (1ULL << 31) |
| 159 | #define MODE_EMPTY_STRING_IS_NULL (1ULL << 32) |
| 160 | #define MODE_SIMULTANEOUS_ASSIGNMENT (1ULL << 33) |
| 161 | |
| 162 | /* Bits for different old style modes */ |
| 163 | #define OLD_MODE_NO_DUP_KEY_WARNINGS_WITH_IGNORE (1 << 0) |
| 164 | #define OLD_MODE_NO_PROGRESS_INFO (1 << 1) |
| 165 | #define OLD_MODE_ZERO_DATE_TIME_CAST (1 << 2) |
| 166 | |
| 167 | extern char internal_table_name[2]; |
| 168 | extern char empty_c_string[1]; |
| 169 | extern MYSQL_PLUGIN_IMPORT const char **errmesg; |
| 170 | |
| 171 | extern bool volatile shutdown_in_progress; |
| 172 | |
| 173 | extern "C" LEX_STRING * thd_query_string (MYSQL_THD thd); |
| 174 | extern "C" size_t thd_query_safe(MYSQL_THD thd, char *buf, size_t buflen); |
| 175 | |
| 176 | /** |
| 177 | @class CSET_STRING |
| 178 | @brief Character set armed LEX_STRING |
| 179 | */ |
| 180 | class CSET_STRING |
| 181 | { |
| 182 | private: |
| 183 | LEX_STRING string; |
| 184 | CHARSET_INFO *cs; |
| 185 | public: |
| 186 | CSET_STRING() : cs(&my_charset_bin) |
| 187 | { |
| 188 | string.str= NULL; |
| 189 | string.length= 0; |
| 190 | } |
| 191 | CSET_STRING(char *str_arg, size_t length_arg, CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg) : |
| 192 | cs(cs_arg) |
| 193 | { |
| 194 | DBUG_ASSERT(cs_arg != NULL); |
| 195 | string.str= str_arg; |
| 196 | string.length= length_arg; |
| 197 | } |
| 198 | |
| 199 | inline char *str() const { return string.str; } |
| 200 | inline size_t length() const { return string.length; } |
| 201 | CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return cs; } |
| 202 | |
| 203 | friend LEX_STRING * thd_query_string (MYSQL_THD thd); |
| 204 | }; |
| 205 | |
| 206 | |
| 207 | #define TC_HEURISTIC_RECOVER_COMMIT 1 |
| 208 | #define TC_HEURISTIC_RECOVER_ROLLBACK 2 |
| 209 | extern ulong tc_heuristic_recover; |
| 210 | |
| 211 | typedef struct st_user_var_events |
| 212 | { |
| 213 | user_var_entry *user_var_event; |
| 214 | char *value; |
| 215 | size_t length; |
| 216 | Item_result type; |
| 217 | uint charset_number; |
| 218 | bool unsigned_flag; |
| 219 | } BINLOG_USER_VAR_EVENT; |
| 220 | |
| 221 | /* |
| 222 | The COPY_INFO structure is used by INSERT/REPLACE code. |
| 223 | The schema of the row counting by the INSERT/INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY |
| 224 | UPDATE code: |
| 225 | If a row is inserted then the copied variable is incremented. |
| 226 | If a row is updated by the INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE and the |
| 227 | new data differs from the old one then the copied and the updated |
| 228 | variables are incremented. |
| 229 | The touched variable is incremented if a row was touched by the update part |
| 230 | of the INSERT ... ON DUPLICATE KEY UPDATE no matter whether the row |
| 231 | was actually changed or not. |
| 232 | */ |
| 233 | typedef struct st_copy_info { |
| 234 | ha_rows records; /**< Number of processed records */ |
| 235 | ha_rows deleted; /**< Number of deleted records */ |
| 236 | ha_rows updated; /**< Number of updated records */ |
| 237 | ha_rows copied; /**< Number of copied records */ |
| 238 | ha_rows error_count; |
| 239 | ha_rows touched; /* Number of touched records */ |
| 240 | enum enum_duplicates handle_duplicates; |
| 241 | int escape_char, last_errno; |
| 242 | bool ignore; |
| 243 | /* for INSERT ... UPDATE */ |
| 244 | List<Item> *update_fields; |
| 245 | List<Item> *update_values; |
| 246 | /* for VIEW ... WITH CHECK OPTION */ |
| 247 | TABLE_LIST *view; |
| 248 | TABLE_LIST *table_list; /* Normal table */ |
| 249 | } COPY_INFO; |
| 250 | |
| 251 | |
| 252 | class Key_part_spec :public Sql_alloc { |
| 253 | public: |
| 254 | LEX_CSTRING field_name; |
| 255 | uint length; |
| 256 | Key_part_spec(const LEX_CSTRING *name, uint len) |
| 257 | : field_name(*name), length(len) |
| 258 | {} |
| 259 | bool operator==(const Key_part_spec& other) const; |
| 260 | /** |
| 261 | Construct a copy of this Key_part_spec. field_name is copied |
| 262 | by-pointer as it is known to never change. At the same time |
| 263 | 'length' may be reset in mysql_prepare_create_table, and this |
| 264 | is why we supply it with a copy. |
| 265 | |
| 266 | @return If out of memory, 0 is returned and an error is set in |
| 267 | THD. |
| 268 | */ |
| 269 | Key_part_spec *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const |
| 270 | { return new (mem_root) Key_part_spec(*this); } |
| 271 | }; |
| 272 | |
| 273 | |
| 274 | class Alter_drop :public Sql_alloc { |
| 275 | public: |
| 276 | enum drop_type {KEY, COLUMN, FOREIGN_KEY, CHECK_CONSTRAINT }; |
| 277 | const char *name; |
| 278 | enum drop_type type; |
| 279 | bool drop_if_exists; |
| 280 | Alter_drop(enum drop_type par_type,const char *par_name, bool par_exists) |
| 281 | :name(par_name), type(par_type), drop_if_exists(par_exists) |
| 282 | { |
| 283 | DBUG_ASSERT(par_name != NULL); |
| 284 | } |
| 285 | /** |
| 286 | Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE |
| 287 | @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone |
| 288 | */ |
| 289 | Alter_drop *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const |
| 290 | { return new (mem_root) Alter_drop(*this); } |
| 291 | const char *type_name() |
| 292 | { |
| 293 | return type == COLUMN ? "COLUMN" : |
| 294 | type == CHECK_CONSTRAINT ? "CONSTRAINT" : |
| 295 | type == KEY ? "INDEX" : "FOREIGN KEY" ; |
| 296 | } |
| 297 | }; |
| 298 | |
| 299 | |
| 300 | class Alter_column :public Sql_alloc { |
| 301 | public: |
| 302 | const char *name; |
| 303 | Virtual_column_info *default_value; |
| 304 | bool alter_if_exists; |
| 305 | Alter_column(const char *par_name, Virtual_column_info *expr, bool par_exists) |
| 306 | :name(par_name), default_value(expr), alter_if_exists(par_exists) {} |
| 307 | /** |
| 308 | Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE |
| 309 | @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone |
| 310 | */ |
| 311 | Alter_column *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const |
| 312 | { return new (mem_root) Alter_column(*this); } |
| 313 | }; |
| 314 | |
| 315 | |
| 316 | class Key :public Sql_alloc, public DDL_options { |
| 317 | public: |
| 318 | enum Keytype { PRIMARY, UNIQUE, MULTIPLE, FULLTEXT, SPATIAL, FOREIGN_KEY}; |
| 319 | enum Keytype type; |
| 320 | KEY_CREATE_INFO key_create_info; |
| 321 | List<Key_part_spec> columns; |
| 322 | LEX_CSTRING name; |
| 323 | engine_option_value *option_list; |
| 324 | bool generated; |
| 325 | bool invisible; |
| 326 | |
| 327 | Key(enum Keytype type_par, const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg, |
| 328 | ha_key_alg algorithm_arg, bool generated_arg, DDL_options_st ddl_options) |
| 329 | :DDL_options(ddl_options), |
| 330 | type(type_par), key_create_info(default_key_create_info), |
| 331 | name(*name_arg), option_list(NULL), generated(generated_arg), |
| 332 | invisible(false) |
| 333 | { |
| 334 | key_create_info.algorithm= algorithm_arg; |
| 335 | } |
| 336 | Key(enum Keytype type_par, const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg, |
| 337 | KEY_CREATE_INFO *key_info_arg, |
| 338 | bool generated_arg, List<Key_part_spec> *cols, |
| 339 | engine_option_value *create_opt, DDL_options_st ddl_options) |
| 340 | :DDL_options(ddl_options), |
| 341 | type(type_par), key_create_info(*key_info_arg), columns(*cols), |
| 342 | name(*name_arg), option_list(create_opt), generated(generated_arg), |
| 343 | invisible(false) |
| 344 | {} |
| 345 | Key(const Key &rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root); |
| 346 | virtual ~Key() {} |
| 347 | /* Equality comparison of keys (ignoring name) */ |
| 348 | friend bool foreign_key_prefix(Key *a, Key *b); |
| 349 | /** |
| 350 | Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE |
| 351 | @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone |
| 352 | */ |
| 353 | virtual Key *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const |
| 354 | { return new (mem_root) Key(*this, mem_root); } |
| 355 | }; |
| 356 | |
| 357 | |
| 358 | class Foreign_key: public Key { |
| 359 | public: |
| 360 | enum fk_match_opt { FK_MATCH_UNDEF, FK_MATCH_FULL, |
| 361 | FK_MATCH_PARTIAL, FK_MATCH_SIMPLE}; |
| 362 | LEX_CSTRING ref_db; |
| 363 | LEX_CSTRING ref_table; |
| 364 | List<Key_part_spec> ref_columns; |
| 365 | enum enum_fk_option delete_opt, update_opt; |
| 366 | enum fk_match_opt match_opt; |
| 367 | Foreign_key(const LEX_CSTRING *name_arg, List<Key_part_spec> *cols, |
| 368 | const LEX_CSTRING *ref_db_arg, const LEX_CSTRING *ref_table_arg, |
| 369 | List<Key_part_spec> *ref_cols, |
| 370 | enum_fk_option delete_opt_arg, enum_fk_option update_opt_arg, |
| 371 | fk_match_opt match_opt_arg, |
| 372 | DDL_options ddl_options) |
| 373 | :Key(FOREIGN_KEY, name_arg, &default_key_create_info, 0, cols, NULL, |
| 374 | ddl_options), |
| 375 | ref_db(*ref_db_arg), ref_table(*ref_table_arg), ref_columns(*ref_cols), |
| 376 | delete_opt(delete_opt_arg), update_opt(update_opt_arg), |
| 377 | match_opt(match_opt_arg) |
| 378 | { |
| 379 | // We don't check for duplicate FKs. |
| 380 | key_create_info.check_for_duplicate_indexes= false; |
| 381 | } |
| 382 | Foreign_key(const Foreign_key &rhs, MEM_ROOT *mem_root); |
| 383 | /** |
| 384 | Used to make a clone of this object for ALTER/CREATE TABLE |
| 385 | @sa comment for Key_part_spec::clone |
| 386 | */ |
| 387 | virtual Key *clone(MEM_ROOT *mem_root) const |
| 388 | { return new (mem_root) Foreign_key(*this, mem_root); } |
| 389 | /* Used to validate foreign key options */ |
| 390 | bool validate(List<Create_field> &table_fields); |
| 391 | }; |
| 392 | |
| 393 | typedef struct st_mysql_lock |
| 394 | { |
| 395 | TABLE **table; |
| 396 | THR_LOCK_DATA **locks; |
| 397 | uint table_count,lock_count; |
| 398 | uint flags; |
| 399 | } MYSQL_LOCK; |
| 400 | |
| 401 | |
| 402 | class LEX_COLUMN : public Sql_alloc |
| 403 | { |
| 404 | public: |
| 405 | String column; |
| 406 | uint rights; |
| 407 | LEX_COLUMN (const String& x,const uint& y ): column (x),rights (y) {} |
| 408 | }; |
| 409 | |
| 410 | class MY_LOCALE; |
| 411 | |
| 412 | /** |
| 413 | Query_cache_tls -- query cache thread local data. |
| 414 | */ |
| 415 | |
| 416 | struct Query_cache_block; |
| 417 | |
| 418 | struct Query_cache_tls |
| 419 | { |
| 420 | /* |
| 421 | 'first_query_block' should be accessed only via query cache |
| 422 | functions and methods to maintain proper locking. |
| 423 | */ |
| 424 | Query_cache_block *first_query_block; |
| 425 | void set_first_query_block(Query_cache_block *first_query_block_arg) |
| 426 | { |
| 427 | first_query_block= first_query_block_arg; |
| 428 | } |
| 429 | |
| 430 | Query_cache_tls() :first_query_block(NULL) {} |
| 431 | }; |
| 432 | |
| 433 | /* SIGNAL / RESIGNAL / GET DIAGNOSTICS */ |
| 434 | |
| 435 | /** |
| 436 | This enumeration list all the condition item names of a condition in the |
| 437 | SQL condition area. |
| 438 | */ |
| 439 | typedef enum enum_diag_condition_item_name |
| 440 | { |
| 441 | /* |
| 442 | Conditions that can be set by the user (SIGNAL/RESIGNAL), |
| 443 | and by the server implementation. |
| 444 | */ |
| 445 | |
| 446 | DIAG_CLASS_ORIGIN= 0, |
| 447 | FIRST_DIAG_SET_PROPERTY= DIAG_CLASS_ORIGIN, |
| 448 | DIAG_SUBCLASS_ORIGIN= 1, |
| 449 | DIAG_CONSTRAINT_CATALOG= 2, |
| 450 | DIAG_CONSTRAINT_SCHEMA= 3, |
| 451 | DIAG_CONSTRAINT_NAME= 4, |
| 452 | DIAG_CATALOG_NAME= 5, |
| 453 | DIAG_SCHEMA_NAME= 6, |
| 454 | DIAG_TABLE_NAME= 7, |
| 455 | DIAG_COLUMN_NAME= 8, |
| 456 | DIAG_CURSOR_NAME= 9, |
| 457 | DIAG_MESSAGE_TEXT= 10, |
| 458 | DIAG_MYSQL_ERRNO= 11, |
| 459 | LAST_DIAG_SET_PROPERTY= DIAG_MYSQL_ERRNO |
| 460 | } Diag_condition_item_name; |
| 461 | |
| 462 | /** |
| 463 | Name of each diagnostic condition item. |
| 464 | This array is indexed by Diag_condition_item_name. |
| 465 | */ |
| 466 | extern const LEX_CSTRING Diag_condition_item_names[]; |
| 467 | |
| 468 | /** |
| 469 | These states are bit coded with HARD. For each state there must be a pair |
| 470 | <state_even_num>, and <state_odd_num>_HARD. |
| 471 | */ |
| 472 | enum killed_state |
| 473 | { |
| 474 | NOT_KILLED= 0, |
| 475 | KILL_HARD_BIT= 1, /* Bit for HARD KILL */ |
| 476 | KILL_BAD_DATA= 2, |
| 477 | KILL_BAD_DATA_HARD= 3, |
| 478 | KILL_QUERY= 4, |
| 479 | KILL_QUERY_HARD= 5, |
| 480 | /* |
| 481 | ABORT_QUERY signals to the query processor to stop execution ASAP without |
| 482 | issuing an error. Instead a warning is issued, and when possible a partial |
| 483 | query result is returned to the client. |
| 484 | */ |
| 485 | ABORT_QUERY= 6, |
| 486 | ABORT_QUERY_HARD= 7, |
| 487 | KILL_TIMEOUT= 8, |
| 488 | KILL_TIMEOUT_HARD= 9, |
| 489 | /* |
| 490 | When binlog reading thread connects to the server it kills |
| 491 | all the binlog threads with the same ID. |
| 492 | */ |
| 493 | KILL_SLAVE_SAME_ID= 10, |
| 494 | /* |
| 495 | All of the following killed states will kill the connection |
| 496 | KILL_CONNECTION must be the first of these and it must start with |
| 497 | an even number (becasue of HARD bit)! |
| 498 | */ |
| 499 | KILL_CONNECTION= 12, |
| 500 | KILL_CONNECTION_HARD= 13, |
| 501 | KILL_SYSTEM_THREAD= 14, |
| 502 | KILL_SYSTEM_THREAD_HARD= 15, |
| 503 | KILL_SERVER= 16, |
| 504 | KILL_SERVER_HARD= 17, |
| 505 | /* |
| 506 | Used in threadpool to signal wait timeout. |
| 507 | */ |
| 508 | KILL_WAIT_TIMEOUT= 18, |
| 509 | KILL_WAIT_TIMEOUT_HARD= 19 |
| 510 | |
| 511 | }; |
| 512 | |
| 513 | #define killed_mask_hard(killed) ((killed_state) ((killed) & ~KILL_HARD_BIT)) |
| 514 | |
| 515 | enum killed_type |
| 516 | { |
| 517 | KILL_TYPE_ID, |
| 518 | KILL_TYPE_USER, |
| 519 | KILL_TYPE_QUERY |
| 520 | }; |
| 521 | |
| 522 | #include "sql_lex.h" /* Must be here */ |
| 523 | |
| 524 | class Delayed_insert; |
| 525 | class select_result; |
| 526 | class Time_zone; |
| 527 | |
| 528 | #define THD_SENTRY_MAGIC 0xfeedd1ff |
| 529 | #define THD_SENTRY_GONE 0xdeadbeef |
| 530 | |
| 531 | #define THD_CHECK_SENTRY(thd) DBUG_ASSERT(thd->dbug_sentry == THD_SENTRY_MAGIC) |
| 532 | |
| 533 | typedef struct system_variables |
| 534 | { |
| 535 | /* |
| 536 | How dynamically allocated system variables are handled: |
| 537 | |
| 538 | The global_system_variables and max_system_variables are "authoritative" |
| 539 | They both should have the same 'version' and 'size'. |
| 540 | When attempting to access a dynamic variable, if the session version |
| 541 | is out of date, then the session version is updated and realloced if |
| 542 | neccessary and bytes copied from global to make up for missing data. |
| 543 | |
| 544 | Note that one should use my_bool instead of bool here, as the variables |
| 545 | are used with my_getopt.c |
| 546 | */ |
| 547 | ulong dynamic_variables_version; |
| 548 | char* dynamic_variables_ptr; |
| 549 | uint dynamic_variables_head; /* largest valid variable offset */ |
| 550 | uint dynamic_variables_size; /* how many bytes are in use */ |
| 551 | |
| 552 | ulonglong max_heap_table_size; |
| 553 | ulonglong tmp_memory_table_size; |
| 554 | ulonglong tmp_disk_table_size; |
| 555 | ulonglong long_query_time; |
| 556 | ulonglong max_statement_time; |
| 557 | ulonglong optimizer_switch; |
| 558 | sql_mode_t sql_mode; ///< which non-standard SQL behaviour should be enabled |
| 559 | sql_mode_t old_behavior; ///< which old SQL behaviour should be enabled |
| 560 | ulonglong option_bits; ///< OPTION_xxx constants, e.g. OPTION_PROFILING |
| 561 | ulonglong join_buff_space_limit; |
| 562 | ulonglong log_slow_filter; |
| 563 | ulonglong log_slow_verbosity; |
| 564 | ulonglong log_slow_disabled_statements; |
| 565 | ulonglong log_disabled_statements; |
| 566 | ulonglong bulk_insert_buff_size; |
| 567 | ulonglong join_buff_size; |
| 568 | ulonglong sortbuff_size; |
| 569 | ulonglong group_concat_max_len; |
| 570 | ulonglong default_regex_flags; |
| 571 | ulonglong max_mem_used; |
| 572 | |
| 573 | /** |
| 574 | Place holders to store Multi-source variables in sys_var.cc during |
| 575 | update and show of variables. |
| 576 | */ |
| 577 | ulonglong slave_skip_counter; |
| 578 | ulonglong max_relay_log_size; |
| 579 | |
| 580 | ha_rows select_limit; |
| 581 | ha_rows max_join_size; |
| 582 | ha_rows expensive_subquery_limit; |
| 583 | ulong auto_increment_increment, auto_increment_offset; |
| 584 | ulong column_compression_zlib_strategy; |
| 585 | ulong lock_wait_timeout; |
| 586 | ulong join_cache_level; |
| 587 | ulong max_allowed_packet; |
| 588 | ulong max_error_count; |
| 589 | ulong max_length_for_sort_data; |
| 590 | ulong max_recursive_iterations; |
| 591 | ulong max_sort_length; |
| 592 | ulong max_tmp_tables; |
| 593 | ulong max_insert_delayed_threads; |
| 594 | ulong min_examined_row_limit; |
| 595 | ulong multi_range_count; |
| 596 | ulong net_buffer_length; |
| 597 | ulong net_interactive_timeout; |
| 598 | ulong net_read_timeout; |
| 599 | ulong net_retry_count; |
| 600 | ulong net_wait_timeout; |
| 601 | ulong net_write_timeout; |
| 602 | ulong optimizer_prune_level; |
| 603 | ulong optimizer_search_depth; |
| 604 | ulong optimizer_selectivity_sampling_limit; |
| 605 | ulong optimizer_use_condition_selectivity; |
| 606 | ulong use_stat_tables; |
| 607 | ulong histogram_size; |
| 608 | ulong histogram_type; |
| 609 | ulong preload_buff_size; |
| 610 | ulong profiling_history_size; |
| 611 | ulong read_buff_size; |
| 612 | ulong read_rnd_buff_size; |
| 613 | ulong mrr_buff_size; |
| 614 | ulong div_precincrement; |
| 615 | /* Total size of all buffers used by the subselect_rowid_merge_engine. */ |
| 616 | ulong rowid_merge_buff_size; |
| 617 | ulong max_sp_recursion_depth; |
| 618 | ulong default_week_format; |
| 619 | ulong max_seeks_for_key; |
| 620 | ulong range_alloc_block_size; |
| 621 | ulong query_alloc_block_size; |
| 622 | ulong query_prealloc_size; |
| 623 | ulong trans_alloc_block_size; |
| 624 | ulong trans_prealloc_size; |
| 625 | ulong log_warnings; |
| 626 | /* Flags for slow log filtering */ |
| 627 | ulong log_slow_rate_limit; |
| 628 | ulong binlog_format; ///< binlog format for this thd (see enum_binlog_format) |
| 629 | ulong binlog_row_image; |
| 630 | ulong progress_report_time; |
| 631 | ulong completion_type; |
| 632 | ulong query_cache_type; |
| 633 | ulong tx_isolation; |
| 634 | ulong updatable_views_with_limit; |
| 635 | ulong alter_algorithm; |
| 636 | int max_user_connections; |
| 637 | ulong server_id; |
| 638 | /** |
| 639 | In slave thread we need to know in behalf of which |
| 640 | thread the query is being run to replicate temp tables properly |
| 641 | */ |
| 642 | my_thread_id pseudo_thread_id; |
| 643 | /** |
| 644 | When replicating an event group with GTID, keep these values around so |
| 645 | slave binlog can receive the same GTID as the original. |
| 646 | */ |
| 647 | uint32 gtid_domain_id; |
| 648 | uint64 gtid_seq_no; |
| 649 | |
| 650 | /** |
| 651 | Default transaction access mode. READ ONLY (true) or READ WRITE (false). |
| 652 | */ |
| 653 | my_bool tx_read_only; |
| 654 | my_bool low_priority_updates; |
| 655 | my_bool query_cache_wlock_invalidate; |
| 656 | my_bool keep_files_on_create; |
| 657 | |
| 658 | my_bool old_mode; |
| 659 | my_bool old_passwords; |
| 660 | my_bool big_tables; |
| 661 | my_bool only_standard_compliant_cte; |
| 662 | my_bool ; |
| 663 | my_bool sql_log_slow; |
| 664 | my_bool sql_log_bin; |
| 665 | /* |
| 666 | A flag to help detect whether binary logging was temporarily disabled |
| 667 | (see tmp_disable_binlog(A) macro). |
| 668 | */ |
| 669 | my_bool sql_log_bin_off; |
| 670 | my_bool binlog_annotate_row_events; |
| 671 | my_bool binlog_direct_non_trans_update; |
| 672 | my_bool column_compression_zlib_wrap; |
| 673 | |
| 674 | plugin_ref table_plugin; |
| 675 | plugin_ref tmp_table_plugin; |
| 676 | plugin_ref enforced_table_plugin; |
| 677 | |
| 678 | /* Only charset part of these variables is sensible */ |
| 679 | CHARSET_INFO *character_set_filesystem; |
| 680 | CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client; |
| 681 | CHARSET_INFO *character_set_results; |
| 682 | |
| 683 | /* Both charset and collation parts of these variables are important */ |
| 684 | CHARSET_INFO *collation_server; |
| 685 | CHARSET_INFO *collation_database; |
| 686 | CHARSET_INFO *collation_connection; |
| 687 | |
| 688 | /* Names. These will be allocated in buffers in thd */ |
| 689 | LEX_CSTRING default_master_connection; |
| 690 | |
| 691 | /* Error messages */ |
| 692 | MY_LOCALE *lc_messages; |
| 693 | const char ***errmsgs; /* lc_messages->errmsg->errmsgs */ |
| 694 | |
| 695 | /* Locale Support */ |
| 696 | MY_LOCALE *lc_time_names; |
| 697 | |
| 698 | Time_zone *time_zone; |
| 699 | |
| 700 | my_bool sysdate_is_now; |
| 701 | |
| 702 | /* deadlock detection */ |
| 703 | ulong wt_timeout_short, wt_deadlock_search_depth_short; |
| 704 | ulong wt_timeout_long, wt_deadlock_search_depth_long; |
| 705 | |
| 706 | my_bool wsrep_on; |
| 707 | my_bool wsrep_causal_reads; |
| 708 | my_bool wsrep_dirty_reads; |
| 709 | uint wsrep_sync_wait; |
| 710 | ulong wsrep_retry_autocommit; |
| 711 | ulong wsrep_OSU_method; |
| 712 | double long_query_time_double, max_statement_time_double; |
| 713 | |
| 714 | my_bool pseudo_slave_mode; |
| 715 | |
| 716 | char *session_track_system_variables; |
| 717 | ulong session_track_transaction_info; |
| 718 | my_bool session_track_schema; |
| 719 | my_bool session_track_state_change; |
| 720 | |
| 721 | ulong threadpool_priority; |
| 722 | |
| 723 | uint idle_transaction_timeout; |
| 724 | uint idle_readonly_transaction_timeout; |
| 725 | uint idle_write_transaction_timeout; |
| 726 | uint column_compression_threshold; |
| 727 | uint column_compression_zlib_level; |
| 728 | uint in_subquery_conversion_threshold; |
| 729 | |
| 730 | vers_asof_timestamp_t vers_asof_timestamp; |
| 731 | ulong vers_alter_history; |
| 732 | } SV; |
| 733 | |
| 734 | /** |
| 735 | Per thread status variables. |
| 736 | Must be long/ulong up to last_system_status_var so that |
| 737 | add_to_status/add_diff_to_status can work. |
| 738 | */ |
| 739 | |
| 740 | typedef struct system_status_var |
| 741 | { |
| 742 | ulong column_compressions; |
| 743 | ulong column_decompressions; |
| 744 | ulong com_stat[(uint) SQLCOM_END]; |
| 745 | ulong com_create_tmp_table; |
| 746 | ulong com_drop_tmp_table; |
| 747 | ulong com_other; |
| 748 | ulong com_multi; |
| 749 | |
| 750 | ulong com_stmt_prepare; |
| 751 | ulong com_stmt_reprepare; |
| 752 | ulong com_stmt_execute; |
| 753 | ulong com_stmt_send_long_data; |
| 754 | ulong com_stmt_fetch; |
| 755 | ulong com_stmt_reset; |
| 756 | ulong com_stmt_close; |
| 757 | |
| 758 | ulong com_register_slave; |
| 759 | ulong created_tmp_disk_tables_; |
| 760 | ulong created_tmp_tables_; |
| 761 | ulong ha_commit_count; |
| 762 | ulong ha_delete_count; |
| 763 | ulong ha_read_first_count; |
| 764 | ulong ha_read_last_count; |
| 765 | ulong ha_read_key_count; |
| 766 | ulong ha_read_next_count; |
| 767 | ulong ha_read_prev_count; |
| 768 | ulong ha_read_retry_count; |
| 769 | ulong ha_read_rnd_count; |
| 770 | ulong ha_read_rnd_next_count; |
| 771 | ulong ha_read_rnd_deleted_count; |
| 772 | |
| 773 | /* |
| 774 | This number doesn't include calls to the default implementation and |
| 775 | calls made by range access. The intent is to count only calls made by |
| 776 | BatchedKeyAccess. |
| 777 | */ |
| 778 | ulong ha_mrr_init_count; |
| 779 | ulong ha_mrr_key_refills_count; |
| 780 | ulong ha_mrr_rowid_refills_count; |
| 781 | |
| 782 | ulong ha_rollback_count; |
| 783 | ulong ha_update_count; |
| 784 | ulong ha_write_count; |
| 785 | /* The following are for internal temporary tables */ |
| 786 | ulong ha_tmp_update_count; |
| 787 | ulong ha_tmp_write_count; |
| 788 | ulong ha_tmp_delete_count; |
| 789 | ulong ha_prepare_count; |
| 790 | ulong ha_icp_attempts; |
| 791 | ulong ha_icp_match; |
| 792 | ulong ha_discover_count; |
| 793 | ulong ha_savepoint_count; |
| 794 | ulong ha_savepoint_rollback_count; |
| 795 | ulong ha_external_lock_count; |
| 796 | |
| 797 | ulong opened_tables; |
| 798 | ulong opened_shares; |
| 799 | ulong opened_views; /* +1 opening a view */ |
| 800 | |
| 801 | ulong select_full_join_count_; |
| 802 | ulong select_full_range_join_count_; |
| 803 | ulong select_range_count_; |
| 804 | ulong select_range_check_count_; |
| 805 | ulong select_scan_count_; |
| 806 | ulong update_scan_count; |
| 807 | ulong delete_scan_count; |
| 808 | ulong executed_triggers; |
| 809 | ulong long_query_count; |
| 810 | ulong filesort_merge_passes_; |
| 811 | ulong filesort_range_count_; |
| 812 | ulong filesort_rows_; |
| 813 | ulong filesort_scan_count_; |
| 814 | ulong filesort_pq_sorts_; |
| 815 | |
| 816 | /* Features used */ |
| 817 | ulong feature_custom_aggregate_functions; /* +1 when custom aggregate |
| 818 | functions are used */ |
| 819 | ulong feature_dynamic_columns; /* +1 when creating a dynamic column */ |
| 820 | ulong feature_fulltext; /* +1 when MATCH is used */ |
| 821 | ulong feature_gis; /* +1 opening a table with GIS features */ |
| 822 | ulong feature_invisible_columns; /* +1 opening a table with invisible column */ |
| 823 | ulong feature_json; /* +1 when JSON function appears in the statement */ |
| 824 | ulong feature_locale; /* +1 when LOCALE is set */ |
| 825 | ulong feature_subquery; /* +1 when subqueries are used */ |
| 826 | ulong feature_system_versioning; /* +1 opening a table WITH SYSTEM VERSIONING */ |
| 827 | ulong feature_timezone; /* +1 when XPATH is used */ |
| 828 | ulong feature_trigger; /* +1 opening a table with triggers */ |
| 829 | ulong feature_xml; /* +1 when XPATH is used */ |
| 830 | ulong feature_window_functions; /* +1 when window functions are used */ |
| 831 | |
| 832 | /* From MASTER_GTID_WAIT usage */ |
| 833 | ulonglong master_gtid_wait_timeouts; /* Number of timeouts */ |
| 834 | ulonglong master_gtid_wait_time; /* Time in microseconds */ |
| 835 | ulonglong master_gtid_wait_count; |
| 836 | |
| 837 | ulong empty_queries; |
| 838 | ulong access_denied_errors; |
| 839 | ulong lost_connections; |
| 840 | ulong max_statement_time_exceeded; |
| 841 | /* |
| 842 | Number of statements sent from the client |
| 843 | */ |
| 844 | ulong questions; |
| 845 | /* |
| 846 | IMPORTANT! |
| 847 | SEE last_system_status_var DEFINITION BELOW. |
| 848 | Below 'last_system_status_var' are all variables that cannot be handled |
| 849 | automatically by add_to_status()/add_diff_to_status(). |
| 850 | */ |
| 851 | ulonglong bytes_received; |
| 852 | ulonglong bytes_sent; |
| 853 | ulonglong rows_read; |
| 854 | ulonglong rows_sent; |
| 855 | ulonglong rows_tmp_read; |
| 856 | ulonglong binlog_bytes_written; |
| 857 | ulonglong table_open_cache_hits; |
| 858 | ulonglong table_open_cache_misses; |
| 859 | ulonglong table_open_cache_overflows; |
| 860 | double last_query_cost; |
| 861 | double cpu_time, busy_time; |
| 862 | uint32 threads_running; |
| 863 | /* Don't initialize */ |
| 864 | /* Memory used for thread local storage */ |
| 865 | int64 max_local_memory_used; |
| 866 | volatile int64 local_memory_used; |
| 867 | /* Memory allocated for global usage */ |
| 868 | volatile int64 global_memory_used; |
| 869 | } STATUS_VAR; |
| 870 | |
| 871 | /* |
| 872 | This is used for 'SHOW STATUS'. It must be updated to the last ulong |
| 873 | variable in system_status_var which is makes sense to add to the global |
| 874 | counter |
| 875 | */ |
| 876 | |
| 877 | #define last_system_status_var questions |
| 878 | #define last_cleared_system_status_var local_memory_used |
| 879 | |
| 880 | /* |
| 881 | Global status variables |
| 882 | */ |
| 883 | |
| 884 | extern ulong feature_files_opened_with_delayed_keys, feature_check_constraint; |
| 885 | |
| 886 | void add_to_status(STATUS_VAR *to_var, STATUS_VAR *from_var); |
| 887 | |
| 888 | void add_diff_to_status(STATUS_VAR *to_var, STATUS_VAR *from_var, |
| 889 | STATUS_VAR *dec_var); |
| 890 | |
| 891 | /* |
| 892 | Update global_memory_used. We have to do this with atomic_add as the |
| 893 | global value can change outside of LOCK_status. |
| 894 | */ |
| 895 | inline void update_global_memory_status(int64 size) |
| 896 | { |
| 897 | DBUG_PRINT("info" , ("global memory_used: %lld size: %lld" , |
| 898 | (longlong) global_status_var.global_memory_used, |
| 899 | size)); |
| 900 | // workaround for gcc 4.2.4-1ubuntu4 -fPIE (from DEB_BUILD_HARDENING=1) |
| 901 | int64 volatile * volatile ptr= &global_status_var.global_memory_used; |
| 902 | my_atomic_add64_explicit(ptr, size, MY_MEMORY_ORDER_RELAXED); |
| 903 | } |
| 904 | |
| 905 | /** |
| 906 | Get collation by name, send error to client on failure. |
| 907 | @param name Collation name |
| 908 | @param name_cs Character set of the name string |
| 909 | @return |
| 910 | @retval NULL on error |
| 911 | @retval Pointter to CHARSET_INFO with the given name on success |
| 912 | */ |
| 913 | inline CHARSET_INFO * |
| 914 | mysqld_collation_get_by_name(const char *name, |
| 915 | CHARSET_INFO *name_cs= system_charset_info) |
| 916 | { |
| 917 | CHARSET_INFO *cs; |
| 918 | MY_CHARSET_LOADER loader; |
| 919 | my_charset_loader_init_mysys(&loader); |
| 920 | if (!(cs= my_collation_get_by_name(&loader, name, MYF(0)))) |
| 921 | { |
| 922 | ErrConvString err(name, name_cs); |
| 923 | my_error(ER_UNKNOWN_COLLATION, MYF(0), err.ptr()); |
| 924 | if (loader.error[0]) |
| 925 | push_warning_printf(current_thd, |
| 926 | Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_WARN, |
| 927 | ER_UNKNOWN_COLLATION, "%s" , loader.error); |
| 928 | } |
| 929 | return cs; |
| 930 | } |
| 931 | |
| 932 | inline bool is_supported_parser_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs) |
| 933 | { |
| 934 | return MY_TEST(cs->mbminlen == 1); |
| 935 | } |
| 936 | |
| 937 | #ifdef MYSQL_SERVER |
| 938 | |
| 939 | void free_tmp_table(THD *thd, TABLE *entry); |
| 940 | |
| 941 | |
| 942 | /* The following macro is to make init of Query_arena simpler */ |
| 943 | #ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS |
| 944 | #define INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO is_backup_arena= 0; is_reprepared= FALSE; |
| 945 | #else |
| 946 | #define INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO |
| 947 | #endif |
| 948 | |
| 949 | class Query_arena |
| 950 | { |
| 951 | public: |
| 952 | /* |
| 953 | List of items created in the parser for this query. Every item puts |
| 954 | itself to the list on creation (see Item::Item() for details)) |
| 955 | */ |
| 956 | Item *free_list; |
| 957 | MEM_ROOT *mem_root; // Pointer to current memroot |
| 958 | #ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS |
| 959 | bool is_backup_arena; /* True if this arena is used for backup. */ |
| 960 | bool is_reprepared; |
| 961 | #endif |
| 962 | /* |
| 963 | The states relfects three diffrent life cycles for three |
| 964 | different types of statements: |
| 965 | Prepared statement: STMT_INITIALIZED -> STMT_PREPARED -> STMT_EXECUTED. |
| 966 | Stored procedure: STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP -> STMT_EXECUTED. |
| 967 | Other statements: STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION never changes. |
| 968 | */ |
| 969 | enum enum_state |
| 970 | { |
| 971 | STMT_INITIALIZED= 0, STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP= 1, STMT_PREPARED= 2, |
| 972 | STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION= 3, STMT_EXECUTED= 4, STMT_ERROR= -1 |
| 973 | }; |
| 974 | |
| 975 | enum_state state; |
| 976 | |
| 977 | protected: |
| 978 | friend class sp_head; |
| 979 | bool is_stored_procedure; |
| 980 | |
| 981 | public: |
| 982 | /* We build without RTTI, so dynamic_cast can't be used. */ |
| 983 | enum Type |
| 984 | { |
| 985 | STATEMENT, PREPARED_STATEMENT, STORED_PROCEDURE |
| 986 | }; |
| 987 | |
| 988 | Query_arena(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg, enum enum_state state_arg) : |
| 989 | free_list(0), mem_root(mem_root_arg), state(state_arg), |
| 990 | is_stored_procedure(state_arg == STMT_INITIALIZED_FOR_SP ? true : false) |
| 991 | { INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO; } |
| 992 | /* |
| 993 | This constructor is used only when Query_arena is created as |
| 994 | backup storage for another instance of Query_arena. |
| 995 | */ |
| 996 | Query_arena() { INIT_ARENA_DBUG_INFO; } |
| 997 | |
| 998 | virtual Type type() const; |
| 999 | virtual ~Query_arena() {}; |
| 1000 | |
| 1001 | inline bool is_stmt_prepare() const { return state == STMT_INITIALIZED; } |
| 1002 | inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute() const |
| 1003 | { return (int)state < (int)STMT_PREPARED; } |
| 1004 | inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute() const |
| 1005 | { return (int)state <= (int)STMT_PREPARED; } |
| 1006 | inline bool is_stmt_execute() const |
| 1007 | { return state == STMT_PREPARED || state == STMT_EXECUTED; } |
| 1008 | inline bool is_conventional() const |
| 1009 | { return state == STMT_CONVENTIONAL_EXECUTION; } |
| 1010 | inline bool is_sp_execute() const |
| 1011 | { return is_stored_procedure; } |
| 1012 | |
| 1013 | inline void* alloc(size_t size) { return alloc_root(mem_root,size); } |
| 1014 | inline void* calloc(size_t size) |
| 1015 | { |
| 1016 | void *ptr; |
| 1017 | if (likely((ptr=alloc_root(mem_root,size)))) |
| 1018 | bzero(ptr, size); |
| 1019 | return ptr; |
| 1020 | } |
| 1021 | inline char *strdup(const char *str) |
| 1022 | { return strdup_root(mem_root,str); } |
| 1023 | inline char *strmake(const char *str, size_t size) |
| 1024 | { return strmake_root(mem_root,str,size); } |
| 1025 | inline void *memdup(const void *str, size_t size) |
| 1026 | { return memdup_root(mem_root,str,size); } |
| 1027 | inline void *memdup_w_gap(const void *str, size_t size, size_t gap) |
| 1028 | { |
| 1029 | void *ptr; |
| 1030 | if (likely((ptr= alloc_root(mem_root,size+gap)))) |
| 1031 | memcpy(ptr,str,size); |
| 1032 | return ptr; |
| 1033 | } |
| 1034 | |
| 1035 | void set_query_arena(Query_arena *set); |
| 1036 | |
| 1037 | void free_items(); |
| 1038 | /* Close the active state associated with execution of this statement */ |
| 1039 | virtual void cleanup_stmt(); |
| 1040 | }; |
| 1041 | |
| 1042 | |
| 1043 | class Query_arena_memroot: public Query_arena, public Sql_alloc |
| 1044 | { |
| 1045 | public: |
| 1046 | Query_arena_memroot(MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg, enum enum_state state_arg) : |
| 1047 | Query_arena(mem_root_arg, state_arg) |
| 1048 | {} |
| 1049 | Query_arena_memroot() : Query_arena() |
| 1050 | {} |
| 1051 | |
| 1052 | virtual ~Query_arena_memroot() {} |
| 1053 | }; |
| 1054 | |
| 1055 | |
| 1056 | class Query_arena_stmt |
| 1057 | { |
| 1058 | THD *thd; |
| 1059 | Query_arena backup; |
| 1060 | Query_arena *arena; |
| 1061 | |
| 1062 | public: |
| 1063 | Query_arena_stmt(THD *_thd); |
| 1064 | ~Query_arena_stmt(); |
| 1065 | bool arena_replaced() |
| 1066 | { |
| 1067 | return arena != NULL; |
| 1068 | } |
| 1069 | }; |
| 1070 | |
| 1071 | |
| 1072 | class Server_side_cursor; |
| 1073 | |
| 1074 | /** |
| 1075 | @class Statement |
| 1076 | @brief State of a single command executed against this connection. |
| 1077 | |
| 1078 | One connection can contain a lot of simultaneously running statements, |
| 1079 | some of which could be: |
| 1080 | - prepared, that is, contain placeholders, |
| 1081 | - opened as cursors. We maintain 1 to 1 relationship between |
| 1082 | statement and cursor - if user wants to create another cursor for his |
| 1083 | query, we create another statement for it. |
| 1084 | To perform some action with statement we reset THD part to the state of |
| 1085 | that statement, do the action, and then save back modified state from THD |
| 1086 | to the statement. It will be changed in near future, and Statement will |
| 1087 | be used explicitly. |
| 1088 | */ |
| 1089 | |
| 1090 | class Statement: public ilink, public Query_arena |
| 1091 | { |
| 1092 | Statement(const Statement &rhs); /* not implemented: */ |
| 1093 | Statement &operator=(const Statement &rhs); /* non-copyable */ |
| 1094 | public: |
| 1095 | /* |
| 1096 | Uniquely identifies each statement object in thread scope; change during |
| 1097 | statement lifetime. FIXME: must be const |
| 1098 | */ |
| 1099 | ulong id; |
| 1100 | |
| 1101 | enum enum_column_usage column_usage; |
| 1102 | |
| 1103 | LEX_CSTRING name; /* name for named prepared statements */ |
| 1104 | LEX *lex; // parse tree descriptor |
| 1105 | /* |
| 1106 | Points to the query associated with this statement. It's const, but |
| 1107 | we need to declare it char * because all table handlers are written |
| 1108 | in C and need to point to it. |
| 1109 | |
| 1110 | Note that if we set query = NULL, we must at the same time set |
| 1111 | query_length = 0, and protect the whole operation with |
| 1112 | LOCK_thd_data mutex. To avoid crashes in races, if we do not |
| 1113 | know that thd->query cannot change at the moment, we should print |
| 1114 | thd->query like this: |
| 1115 | (1) reserve the LOCK_thd_data mutex; |
| 1116 | (2) print or copy the value of query and query_length |
| 1117 | (3) release LOCK_thd_data mutex. |
| 1118 | This printing is needed at least in SHOW PROCESSLIST and SHOW |
| 1119 | ENGINE INNODB STATUS. |
| 1120 | */ |
| 1121 | CSET_STRING query_string; |
| 1122 | /* |
| 1123 | If opt_query_cache_strip_comments is set, this contains query without |
| 1124 | comments. If not set, it contains pointer to query_string. |
| 1125 | */ |
| 1126 | String base_query; |
| 1127 | |
| 1128 | |
| 1129 | inline char *query() const { return query_string.str(); } |
| 1130 | inline uint32 query_length() const |
| 1131 | { |
| 1132 | return static_cast<uint32>(query_string.length()); |
| 1133 | } |
| 1134 | inline char *query_end() const |
| 1135 | { |
| 1136 | return query_string.str() + query_string.length(); |
| 1137 | } |
| 1138 | CHARSET_INFO *query_charset() const { return query_string.charset(); } |
| 1139 | void set_query_inner(const CSET_STRING &string_arg) |
| 1140 | { |
| 1141 | query_string= string_arg; |
| 1142 | } |
| 1143 | void set_query_inner(char *query_arg, uint32 query_length_arg, |
| 1144 | CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg) |
| 1145 | { |
| 1146 | set_query_inner(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, cs_arg)); |
| 1147 | } |
| 1148 | void reset_query_inner() |
| 1149 | { |
| 1150 | set_query_inner(CSET_STRING()); |
| 1151 | } |
| 1152 | /** |
| 1153 | Name of the current (default) database. |
| 1154 | |
| 1155 | If there is the current (default) database, "db.str" contains its name. If |
| 1156 | there is no current (default) database, "db.str" is NULL and "db.length" is |
| 1157 | 0. In other words, db must either be NULL, or contain a |
| 1158 | valid database name. |
| 1159 | */ |
| 1160 | |
| 1161 | LEX_CSTRING db; |
| 1162 | |
| 1163 | /* This is set to 1 of last call to send_result_to_client() was ok */ |
| 1164 | my_bool query_cache_is_applicable; |
| 1165 | |
| 1166 | /* This constructor is called for backup statements */ |
| 1167 | Statement() {} |
| 1168 | |
| 1169 | Statement(LEX *lex_arg, MEM_ROOT *mem_root_arg, |
| 1170 | enum enum_state state_arg, ulong id_arg); |
| 1171 | virtual ~Statement(); |
| 1172 | |
| 1173 | /* Assign execution context (note: not all members) of given stmt to self */ |
| 1174 | virtual void set_statement(Statement *stmt); |
| 1175 | void set_n_backup_statement(Statement *stmt, Statement *backup); |
| 1176 | void restore_backup_statement(Statement *stmt, Statement *backup); |
| 1177 | /* return class type */ |
| 1178 | virtual Type type() const; |
| 1179 | }; |
| 1180 | |
| 1181 | |
| 1182 | /** |
| 1183 | Container for all statements created/used in a connection. |
| 1184 | Statements in Statement_map have unique Statement::id (guaranteed by id |
| 1185 | assignment in Statement::Statement) |
| 1186 | Non-empty statement names are unique too: attempt to insert a new statement |
| 1187 | with duplicate name causes older statement to be deleted |
| 1188 | |
| 1189 | Statements are auto-deleted when they are removed from the map and when the |
| 1190 | map is deleted. |
| 1191 | */ |
| 1192 | |
| 1193 | class Statement_map |
| 1194 | { |
| 1195 | public: |
| 1196 | Statement_map(); |
| 1197 | |
| 1198 | int insert(THD *thd, Statement *statement); |
| 1199 | |
| 1200 | Statement *find_by_name(LEX_CSTRING *name) |
| 1201 | { |
| 1202 | Statement *stmt; |
| 1203 | stmt= (Statement*)my_hash_search(&names_hash, (uchar*)name->str, |
| 1204 | name->length); |
| 1205 | return stmt; |
| 1206 | } |
| 1207 | |
| 1208 | Statement *find(ulong id) |
| 1209 | { |
| 1210 | if (last_found_statement == 0 || id != last_found_statement->id) |
| 1211 | { |
| 1212 | Statement *stmt; |
| 1213 | stmt= (Statement *) my_hash_search(&st_hash, (uchar *) &id, sizeof(id)); |
| 1214 | if (stmt && stmt->name.str) |
| 1215 | return NULL; |
| 1216 | last_found_statement= stmt; |
| 1217 | } |
| 1218 | return last_found_statement; |
| 1219 | } |
| 1220 | /* |
| 1221 | Close all cursors of this connection that use tables of a storage |
| 1222 | engine that has transaction-specific state and therefore can not |
| 1223 | survive COMMIT or ROLLBACK. Currently all but MyISAM cursors are closed. |
| 1224 | */ |
| 1225 | void close_transient_cursors(); |
| 1226 | void erase(Statement *statement); |
| 1227 | /* Erase all statements (calls Statement destructor) */ |
| 1228 | void reset(); |
| 1229 | ~Statement_map(); |
| 1230 | private: |
| 1231 | HASH st_hash; |
| 1232 | HASH names_hash; |
| 1233 | I_List<Statement> transient_cursor_list; |
| 1234 | Statement *last_found_statement; |
| 1235 | }; |
| 1236 | |
| 1237 | struct st_savepoint { |
| 1238 | struct st_savepoint *prev; |
| 1239 | char *name; |
| 1240 | uint length; |
| 1241 | Ha_trx_info *ha_list; |
| 1242 | /** State of metadata locks before this savepoint was set. */ |
| 1243 | MDL_savepoint mdl_savepoint; |
| 1244 | }; |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | enum xa_states {XA_NOTR=0, XA_ACTIVE, XA_IDLE, XA_PREPARED, XA_ROLLBACK_ONLY}; |
| 1247 | extern const char *xa_state_names[]; |
| 1248 | class XID_cache_element; |
| 1249 | |
| 1250 | typedef struct st_xid_state { |
| 1251 | /* For now, this is only used to catch duplicated external xids */ |
| 1252 | XID xid; // transaction identifier |
| 1253 | enum xa_states xa_state; // used by external XA only |
| 1254 | /* Error reported by the Resource Manager (RM) to the Transaction Manager. */ |
| 1255 | uint rm_error; |
| 1256 | XID_cache_element *xid_cache_element; |
| 1257 | |
| 1258 | /** |
| 1259 | Check that XA transaction has an uncommitted work. Report an error |
| 1260 | to the user in case when there is an uncommitted work for XA transaction. |
| 1261 | |
| 1262 | @return result of check |
| 1263 | @retval false XA transaction is NOT in state IDLE, PREPARED |
| 1264 | or ROLLBACK_ONLY. |
| 1265 | @retval true XA transaction is in state IDLE or PREPARED |
| 1266 | or ROLLBACK_ONLY. |
| 1267 | */ |
| 1268 | |
| 1269 | bool check_has_uncommitted_xa() const |
| 1270 | { |
| 1271 | if (xa_state == XA_IDLE || |
| 1272 | xa_state == XA_PREPARED || |
| 1273 | xa_state == XA_ROLLBACK_ONLY) |
| 1274 | { |
| 1275 | my_error(ER_XAER_RMFAIL, MYF(0), xa_state_names[xa_state]); |
| 1276 | return true; |
| 1277 | } |
| 1278 | return false; |
| 1279 | } |
| 1280 | } XID_STATE; |
| 1281 | |
| 1282 | void xid_cache_init(void); |
| 1283 | void xid_cache_free(void); |
| 1284 | XID_STATE *xid_cache_search(THD *thd, XID *xid); |
| 1285 | bool xid_cache_insert(XID *xid, enum xa_states xa_state); |
| 1286 | bool xid_cache_insert(THD *thd, XID_STATE *xid_state); |
| 1287 | void xid_cache_delete(THD *thd, XID_STATE *xid_state); |
| 1288 | int xid_cache_iterate(THD *thd, my_hash_walk_action action, void *argument); |
| 1289 | |
| 1290 | /** |
| 1291 | @class Security_context |
| 1292 | @brief A set of THD members describing the current authenticated user. |
| 1293 | */ |
| 1294 | |
| 1295 | class Security_context { |
| 1296 | public: |
| 1297 | Security_context() {} /* Remove gcc warning */ |
| 1298 | /* |
| 1299 | host - host of the client |
| 1300 | user - user of the client, set to NULL until the user has been read from |
| 1301 | the connection |
| 1302 | priv_user - The user privilege we are using. May be "" for anonymous user. |
| 1303 | ip - client IP |
| 1304 | */ |
| 1305 | const char *host; |
| 1306 | const char *user, *ip; |
| 1307 | char priv_user[USERNAME_LENGTH]; |
| 1308 | char proxy_user[USERNAME_LENGTH + MAX_HOSTNAME + 5]; |
| 1309 | /* The host privilege we are using */ |
| 1310 | char priv_host[MAX_HOSTNAME]; |
| 1311 | /* The role privilege we are using */ |
| 1312 | char priv_role[USERNAME_LENGTH]; |
| 1313 | /* The external user (if available) */ |
| 1314 | char *external_user; |
| 1315 | /* points to host if host is available, otherwise points to ip */ |
| 1316 | const char *host_or_ip; |
| 1317 | ulong master_access; /* Global privileges from mysql.user */ |
| 1318 | ulong db_access; /* Privileges for current db */ |
| 1319 | |
| 1320 | void init(); |
| 1321 | void destroy(); |
| 1322 | void skip_grants(); |
| 1323 | inline char *priv_host_name() |
| 1324 | { |
| 1325 | return (*priv_host ? priv_host : (char *)"%" ); |
| 1326 | } |
| 1327 | |
| 1328 | bool set_user(char *user_arg); |
| 1329 | |
| 1330 | #ifndef NO_EMBEDDED_ACCESS_CHECKS |
| 1331 | bool |
| 1332 | change_security_context(THD *thd, |
| 1333 | LEX_CSTRING *definer_user, |
| 1334 | LEX_CSTRING *definer_host, |
| 1335 | LEX_CSTRING *db, |
| 1336 | Security_context **backup); |
| 1337 | |
| 1338 | void |
| 1339 | restore_security_context(THD *thd, Security_context *backup); |
| 1340 | #endif |
| 1341 | bool user_matches(Security_context *); |
| 1342 | }; |
| 1343 | |
| 1344 | |
| 1345 | /** |
| 1346 | A registry for item tree transformations performed during |
| 1347 | query optimization. We register only those changes which require |
| 1348 | a rollback to re-execute a prepared statement or stored procedure |
| 1349 | yet another time. |
| 1350 | */ |
| 1351 | |
| 1352 | struct Item_change_record; |
| 1353 | class Item_change_list |
| 1354 | { |
| 1355 | I_List<Item_change_record> change_list; |
| 1356 | public: |
| 1357 | void nocheck_register_item_tree_change(Item **place, Item *old_value, |
| 1358 | MEM_ROOT *runtime_memroot); |
| 1359 | void check_and_register_item_tree_change(Item **place, Item **new_value, |
| 1360 | MEM_ROOT *runtime_memroot); |
| 1361 | void rollback_item_tree_changes(); |
| 1362 | void move_elements_to(Item_change_list *to) |
| 1363 | { |
| 1364 | change_list.move_elements_to(&to->change_list); |
| 1365 | } |
| 1366 | bool is_empty() { return change_list.is_empty(); } |
| 1367 | }; |
| 1368 | |
| 1369 | |
| 1370 | class Item_change_list_savepoint: public Item_change_list |
| 1371 | { |
| 1372 | public: |
| 1373 | Item_change_list_savepoint(Item_change_list *list) |
| 1374 | { |
| 1375 | list->move_elements_to(this); |
| 1376 | } |
| 1377 | void rollback(Item_change_list *list) |
| 1378 | { |
| 1379 | list->rollback_item_tree_changes(); |
| 1380 | move_elements_to(list); |
| 1381 | } |
| 1382 | ~Item_change_list_savepoint() |
| 1383 | { |
| 1384 | DBUG_ASSERT(is_empty()); |
| 1385 | } |
| 1386 | }; |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 | |
| 1389 | /** |
| 1390 | Type of locked tables mode. |
| 1391 | See comment for THD::locked_tables_mode for complete description. |
| 1392 | */ |
| 1393 | |
| 1394 | enum enum_locked_tables_mode |
| 1395 | { |
| 1396 | LTM_NONE= 0, |
| 1397 | LTM_LOCK_TABLES, |
| 1398 | LTM_PRELOCKED, |
| 1399 | LTM_PRELOCKED_UNDER_LOCK_TABLES, |
| 1400 | LTM_always_last |
| 1401 | }; |
| 1402 | |
| 1403 | /** |
| 1404 | The following structure is an extension to TABLE_SHARE and is |
| 1405 | exclusively for temporary tables. |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 | @note: |
| 1408 | Although, TDC_element has data members (like next, prev & |
| 1409 | all_tables) to store the list of TABLE_SHARE & TABLE objects |
| 1410 | related to a particular TABLE_SHARE, they cannot be moved to |
| 1411 | TABLE_SHARE in order to be reused for temporary tables. This |
| 1412 | is because, as concurrent threads iterating through hash of |
| 1413 | TDC_element's may need access to all_tables, but if all_tables |
| 1414 | is made part of TABLE_SHARE, then TDC_element->share->all_tables |
| 1415 | is not always guaranteed to be valid, as TDC_element can live |
| 1416 | longer than TABLE_SHARE. |
| 1417 | */ |
| 1418 | struct TMP_TABLE_SHARE : public TABLE_SHARE |
| 1419 | { |
| 1420 | private: |
| 1421 | /* |
| 1422 | Link to all temporary table shares. Declared as private to |
| 1423 | avoid direct manipulation with those objects. One should |
| 1424 | use methods of I_P_List template instead. |
| 1425 | */ |
| 1426 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE *tmp_next; |
| 1427 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE **tmp_prev; |
| 1428 | |
| 1429 | friend struct All_tmp_table_shares; |
| 1430 | |
| 1431 | public: |
| 1432 | /* |
| 1433 | Doubly-linked (back-linked) lists of used and unused TABLE objects |
| 1434 | for this share. |
| 1435 | */ |
| 1436 | All_share_tables_list all_tmp_tables; |
| 1437 | }; |
| 1438 | |
| 1439 | /** |
| 1440 | Helper class which specifies which members of TMP_TABLE_SHARE are |
| 1441 | used for participation in the list of temporary tables. |
| 1442 | */ |
| 1443 | |
| 1444 | struct All_tmp_table_shares |
| 1445 | { |
| 1446 | static inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE **next_ptr(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *l) |
| 1447 | { |
| 1448 | return &l->tmp_next; |
| 1449 | } |
| 1450 | static inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE ***prev_ptr(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *l) |
| 1451 | { |
| 1452 | return &l->tmp_prev; |
| 1453 | } |
| 1454 | }; |
| 1455 | |
| 1456 | /* Also used in rpl_rli.h. */ |
| 1457 | typedef I_P_List <TMP_TABLE_SHARE, All_tmp_table_shares> All_tmp_tables_list; |
| 1458 | |
| 1459 | /** |
| 1460 | Class that holds information about tables which were opened and locked |
| 1461 | by the thread. It is also used to save/restore this information in |
| 1462 | push_open_tables_state()/pop_open_tables_state(). |
| 1463 | */ |
| 1464 | |
| 1465 | class Open_tables_state |
| 1466 | { |
| 1467 | public: |
| 1468 | /** |
| 1469 | As part of class THD, this member is set during execution |
| 1470 | of a prepared statement. When it is set, it is used |
| 1471 | by the locking subsystem to report a change in table metadata. |
| 1472 | |
| 1473 | When Open_tables_state part of THD is reset to open |
| 1474 | a system or INFORMATION_SCHEMA table, the member is cleared |
| 1475 | to avoid spurious ER_NEED_REPREPARE errors -- system and |
| 1476 | INFORMATION_SCHEMA tables are not subject to metadata version |
| 1477 | tracking. |
| 1478 | @sa check_and_update_table_version() |
| 1479 | */ |
| 1480 | Reprepare_observer *m_reprepare_observer; |
| 1481 | |
| 1482 | /** |
| 1483 | List of regular tables in use by this thread. Contains temporary and |
| 1484 | base tables that were opened with @see open_tables(). |
| 1485 | */ |
| 1486 | TABLE *open_tables; |
| 1487 | |
| 1488 | /** |
| 1489 | A list of temporary tables used by this thread. This includes |
| 1490 | user-level temporary tables, created with CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE, |
| 1491 | and internal temporary tables, created, e.g., to resolve a SELECT, |
| 1492 | or for an intermediate table used in ALTER. |
| 1493 | */ |
| 1494 | All_tmp_tables_list *temporary_tables; |
| 1495 | |
| 1496 | /* |
| 1497 | Derived tables. |
| 1498 | */ |
| 1499 | TABLE *derived_tables; |
| 1500 | |
| 1501 | /* |
| 1502 | Temporary tables created for recursive table references. |
| 1503 | */ |
| 1504 | TABLE *rec_tables; |
| 1505 | |
| 1506 | /* |
| 1507 | During a MySQL session, one can lock tables in two modes: automatic |
| 1508 | or manual. In automatic mode all necessary tables are locked just before |
| 1509 | statement execution, and all acquired locks are stored in 'lock' |
| 1510 | member. Unlocking takes place automatically as well, when the |
| 1511 | statement ends. |
| 1512 | Manual mode comes into play when a user issues a 'LOCK TABLES' |
| 1513 | statement. In this mode the user can only use the locked tables. |
| 1514 | Trying to use any other tables will give an error. |
| 1515 | The locked tables are also stored in this member, however, |
| 1516 | thd->locked_tables_mode is turned on. Manual locking is described in |
| 1517 | the 'LOCK_TABLES' chapter of the MySQL manual. |
| 1518 | See also lock_tables() for details. |
| 1519 | */ |
| 1520 | MYSQL_LOCK *lock; |
| 1521 | |
| 1522 | /* |
| 1523 | CREATE-SELECT keeps an extra lock for the table being |
| 1524 | created. This field is used to keep the extra lock available for |
| 1525 | lower level routines, which would otherwise miss that lock. |
| 1526 | */ |
| 1527 | MYSQL_LOCK *; |
| 1528 | |
| 1529 | /* |
| 1530 | Enum enum_locked_tables_mode and locked_tables_mode member are |
| 1531 | used to indicate whether the so-called "locked tables mode" is on, |
| 1532 | and what kind of mode is active. |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 | Locked tables mode is used when it's necessary to open and |
| 1535 | lock many tables at once, for usage across multiple |
| 1536 | (sub-)statements. |
| 1537 | This may be necessary either for queries that use stored functions |
| 1538 | and triggers, in which case the statements inside functions and |
| 1539 | triggers may be executed many times, or for implementation of |
| 1540 | LOCK TABLES, in which case the opened tables are reused by all |
| 1541 | subsequent statements until a call to UNLOCK TABLES. |
| 1542 | |
| 1543 | The kind of locked tables mode employed for stored functions and |
| 1544 | triggers is also called "prelocked mode". |
| 1545 | In this mode, first open_tables() call to open the tables used |
| 1546 | in a statement analyses all functions used by the statement |
| 1547 | and adds all indirectly used tables to the list of tables to |
| 1548 | open and lock. |
| 1549 | It also marks the parse tree of the statement as requiring |
| 1550 | prelocking. After that, lock_tables() locks the entire list |
| 1551 | of tables and changes THD::locked_tables_modeto LTM_PRELOCKED. |
| 1552 | All statements executed inside functions or triggers |
| 1553 | use the prelocked tables, instead of opening their own ones. |
| 1554 | Prelocked mode is turned off automatically once close_thread_tables() |
| 1555 | of the main statement is called. |
| 1556 | */ |
| 1557 | enum enum_locked_tables_mode locked_tables_mode; |
| 1558 | uint current_tablenr; |
| 1559 | |
| 1560 | enum enum_flags { |
| 1561 | BACKUPS_AVAIL = (1U << 0) /* There are backups available */ |
| 1562 | }; |
| 1563 | |
| 1564 | /* |
| 1565 | Flags with information about the open tables state. |
| 1566 | */ |
| 1567 | uint state_flags; |
| 1568 | /** |
| 1569 | This constructor initializes Open_tables_state instance which can only |
| 1570 | be used as backup storage. To prepare Open_tables_state instance for |
| 1571 | operations which open/lock/close tables (e.g. open_table()) one has to |
| 1572 | call init_open_tables_state(). |
| 1573 | */ |
| 1574 | Open_tables_state() : state_flags(0U) { } |
| 1575 | |
| 1576 | void set_open_tables_state(Open_tables_state *state) |
| 1577 | { |
| 1578 | *this= *state; |
| 1579 | } |
| 1580 | |
| 1581 | void reset_open_tables_state(THD *thd) |
| 1582 | { |
| 1583 | open_tables= 0; |
| 1584 | temporary_tables= 0; |
| 1585 | derived_tables= 0; |
| 1586 | rec_tables= 0; |
| 1587 | extra_lock= 0; |
| 1588 | lock= 0; |
| 1589 | locked_tables_mode= LTM_NONE; |
| 1590 | state_flags= 0U; |
| 1591 | m_reprepare_observer= NULL; |
| 1592 | } |
| 1593 | }; |
| 1594 | |
| 1595 | |
| 1596 | /** |
| 1597 | Storage for backup of Open_tables_state. Must |
| 1598 | be used only to open system tables (TABLE_CATEGORY_SYSTEM |
| 1599 | and TABLE_CATEGORY_LOG). |
| 1600 | */ |
| 1601 | |
| 1602 | class Open_tables_backup: public Open_tables_state |
| 1603 | { |
| 1604 | public: |
| 1605 | /** |
| 1606 | When we backup the open tables state to open a system |
| 1607 | table or tables, we want to save state of metadata |
| 1608 | locks which were acquired before the backup. It is used |
| 1609 | to release metadata locks on system tables after they are |
| 1610 | no longer used. |
| 1611 | */ |
| 1612 | MDL_savepoint mdl_system_tables_svp; |
| 1613 | }; |
| 1614 | |
| 1615 | /** |
| 1616 | @class Sub_statement_state |
| 1617 | @brief Used to save context when executing a function or trigger |
| 1618 | */ |
| 1619 | |
| 1620 | /* Defines used for Sub_statement_state::in_sub_stmt */ |
| 1621 | |
| 1622 | #define SUB_STMT_TRIGGER 1 |
| 1623 | #define SUB_STMT_FUNCTION 2 |
| 1624 | |
| 1625 | |
| 1626 | class Sub_statement_state |
| 1627 | { |
| 1628 | public: |
| 1629 | Discrete_interval auto_inc_interval_for_cur_row; |
| 1630 | Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_forced; |
| 1631 | SAVEPOINT *savepoints; |
| 1632 | ulonglong option_bits; |
| 1633 | ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt; |
| 1634 | ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt, insert_id_for_cur_row; |
| 1635 | ulonglong limit_found_rows; |
| 1636 | ulonglong tmp_tables_size; |
| 1637 | ulonglong client_capabilities; |
| 1638 | ulonglong cuted_fields, sent_row_count, examined_row_count; |
| 1639 | ulonglong affected_rows; |
| 1640 | ulonglong bytes_sent_old; |
| 1641 | ulong tmp_tables_used; |
| 1642 | ulong tmp_tables_disk_used; |
| 1643 | ulong query_plan_fsort_passes; |
| 1644 | ulong query_plan_flags; |
| 1645 | uint in_sub_stmt; /* 0, SUB_STMT_TRIGGER or SUB_STMT_FUNCTION */ |
| 1646 | bool enable_slow_log; |
| 1647 | bool last_insert_id_used; |
| 1648 | enum enum_check_fields count_cuted_fields; |
| 1649 | }; |
| 1650 | |
| 1651 | |
| 1652 | /* Flags for the THD::system_thread variable */ |
| 1653 | enum enum_thread_type |
| 1654 | { |
| 1655 | NON_SYSTEM_THREAD= 0, |
| 1656 | SYSTEM_THREAD_DELAYED_INSERT= 1, |
| 1657 | SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_IO= 2, |
| 1658 | SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_SQL= 4, |
| 1659 | SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_SCHEDULER= 8, |
| 1660 | SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_WORKER= 16, |
| 1661 | SYSTEM_THREAD_BINLOG_BACKGROUND= 32, |
| 1662 | SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_BACKGROUND= 64, |
| 1663 | SYSTEM_THREAD_GENERIC= 128, |
| 1664 | SYSTEM_THREAD_SEMISYNC_MASTER_BACKGROUND= 256 |
| 1665 | }; |
| 1666 | |
| 1667 | inline char const * |
| 1668 | show_system_thread(enum_thread_type thread) |
| 1669 | { |
| 1670 | #define RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(NAME) case (NAME): return #NAME |
| 1671 | switch (thread) { |
| 1672 | static char buf[64]; |
| 1673 | RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(NON_SYSTEM_THREAD); |
| 1674 | RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_DELAYED_INSERT); |
| 1675 | RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_IO); |
| 1676 | RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_SQL); |
| 1677 | RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_SCHEDULER); |
| 1678 | RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_EVENT_WORKER); |
| 1679 | RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SLAVE_BACKGROUND); |
| 1680 | RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING(SYSTEM_THREAD_SEMISYNC_MASTER_BACKGROUND); |
| 1681 | default: |
| 1682 | sprintf(buf, "<UNKNOWN SYSTEM THREAD: %d>" , thread); |
| 1683 | return buf; |
| 1684 | } |
| 1685 | #undef RETURN_NAME_AS_STRING |
| 1686 | } |
| 1687 | |
| 1688 | /** |
| 1689 | This class represents the interface for internal error handlers. |
| 1690 | Internal error handlers are exception handlers used by the server |
| 1691 | implementation. |
| 1692 | */ |
| 1693 | |
| 1694 | class Internal_error_handler |
| 1695 | { |
| 1696 | protected: |
| 1697 | Internal_error_handler() : |
| 1698 | m_prev_internal_handler(NULL) |
| 1699 | {} |
| 1700 | |
| 1701 | virtual ~Internal_error_handler() {} |
| 1702 | |
| 1703 | public: |
| 1704 | /** |
| 1705 | Handle a sql condition. |
| 1706 | This method can be implemented by a subclass to achieve any of the |
| 1707 | following: |
| 1708 | - mask a warning/error internally, prevent exposing it to the user, |
| 1709 | - mask a warning/error and throw another one instead. |
| 1710 | When this method returns true, the sql condition is considered |
| 1711 | 'handled', and will not be propagated to upper layers. |
| 1712 | It is the responsability of the code installing an internal handler |
| 1713 | to then check for trapped conditions, and implement logic to recover |
| 1714 | from the anticipated conditions trapped during runtime. |
| 1715 | |
| 1716 | This mechanism is similar to C++ try/throw/catch: |
| 1717 | - 'try' correspond to <code>THD::push_internal_handler()</code>, |
| 1718 | - 'throw' correspond to <code>my_error()</code>, |
| 1719 | which invokes <code>my_message_sql()</code>, |
| 1720 | - 'catch' correspond to checking how/if an internal handler was invoked, |
| 1721 | before removing it from the exception stack with |
| 1722 | <code>THD::pop_internal_handler()</code>. |
| 1723 | |
| 1724 | @param thd the calling thread |
| 1725 | @param cond the condition raised. |
| 1726 | @return true if the condition is handled |
| 1727 | */ |
| 1728 | virtual bool handle_condition(THD *thd, |
| 1729 | uint sql_errno, |
| 1730 | const char* sqlstate, |
| 1731 | Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level, |
| 1732 | const char* msg, |
| 1733 | Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) = 0; |
| 1734 | |
| 1735 | private: |
| 1736 | Internal_error_handler *m_prev_internal_handler; |
| 1737 | friend class THD; |
| 1738 | }; |
| 1739 | |
| 1740 | |
| 1741 | /** |
| 1742 | Implements the trivial error handler which cancels all error states |
| 1743 | and prevents an SQLSTATE to be set. |
| 1744 | */ |
| 1745 | |
| 1746 | class Dummy_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler |
| 1747 | { |
| 1748 | public: |
| 1749 | bool handle_condition(THD *thd, |
| 1750 | uint sql_errno, |
| 1751 | const char* sqlstate, |
| 1752 | Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level, |
| 1753 | const char* msg, |
| 1754 | Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) |
| 1755 | { |
| 1756 | /* Ignore error */ |
| 1757 | return TRUE; |
| 1758 | } |
| 1759 | Dummy_error_handler() {} /* Remove gcc warning */ |
| 1760 | }; |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 | |
| 1763 | /** |
| 1764 | Implements the trivial error handler which counts errors as they happen. |
| 1765 | */ |
| 1766 | |
| 1767 | class Counting_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler |
| 1768 | { |
| 1769 | public: |
| 1770 | int errors; |
| 1771 | bool handle_condition(THD *thd, |
| 1772 | uint sql_errno, |
| 1773 | const char* sqlstate, |
| 1774 | Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level, |
| 1775 | const char* msg, |
| 1776 | Sql_condition ** cond_hdl) |
| 1777 | { |
| 1778 | if (*level == Sql_condition::WARN_LEVEL_ERROR) |
| 1779 | errors++; |
| 1780 | return false; |
| 1781 | } |
| 1782 | Counting_error_handler() : errors(0) {} |
| 1783 | }; |
| 1784 | |
| 1785 | |
| 1786 | /** |
| 1787 | This class is an internal error handler implementation for |
| 1788 | DROP TABLE statements. The thing is that there may be warnings during |
| 1789 | execution of these statements, which should not be exposed to the user. |
| 1790 | This class is intended to silence such warnings. |
| 1791 | */ |
| 1792 | |
| 1793 | class Drop_table_error_handler : public Internal_error_handler |
| 1794 | { |
| 1795 | public: |
| 1796 | Drop_table_error_handler() {} |
| 1797 | |
| 1798 | public: |
| 1799 | bool handle_condition(THD *thd, |
| 1800 | uint sql_errno, |
| 1801 | const char* sqlstate, |
| 1802 | Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level, |
| 1803 | const char* msg, |
| 1804 | Sql_condition ** cond_hdl); |
| 1805 | |
| 1806 | private: |
| 1807 | }; |
| 1808 | |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 | /** |
| 1811 | Internal error handler to process an error from MDL_context::upgrade_lock() |
| 1812 | and mysql_lock_tables(). Used by implementations of HANDLER READ and |
| 1813 | LOCK TABLES LOCAL. |
| 1814 | */ |
| 1815 | |
| 1816 | class MDL_deadlock_and_lock_abort_error_handler: public Internal_error_handler |
| 1817 | { |
| 1818 | public: |
| 1819 | virtual |
| 1820 | bool handle_condition(THD *thd, |
| 1821 | uint sql_errno, |
| 1822 | const char *sqlstate, |
| 1823 | Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level, |
| 1824 | const char* msg, |
| 1825 | Sql_condition **cond_hdl); |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 | bool need_reopen() const { return m_need_reopen; }; |
| 1828 | void init() { m_need_reopen= FALSE; }; |
| 1829 | private: |
| 1830 | bool m_need_reopen; |
| 1831 | }; |
| 1832 | |
| 1833 | |
| 1834 | /** |
| 1835 | Tables that were locked with LOCK TABLES statement. |
| 1836 | |
| 1837 | Encapsulates a list of TABLE_LIST instances for tables |
| 1838 | locked by LOCK TABLES statement, memory root for metadata locks, |
| 1839 | and, generally, the context of LOCK TABLES statement. |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 | In LOCK TABLES mode, the locked tables are kept open between |
| 1842 | statements. |
| 1843 | Therefore, we can't allocate metadata locks on execution memory |
| 1844 | root -- as well as tables, the locks need to stay around till |
| 1845 | UNLOCK TABLES is called. |
| 1846 | The locks are allocated in the memory root encapsulated in this |
| 1847 | class. |
| 1848 | |
| 1849 | Some SQL commands, like FLUSH TABLE or ALTER TABLE, demand that |
| 1850 | the tables they operate on are closed, at least temporarily. |
| 1851 | This class encapsulates a list of TABLE_LIST instances, one |
| 1852 | for each base table from LOCK TABLES list, |
| 1853 | which helps conveniently close the TABLEs when it's necessary |
| 1854 | and later reopen them. |
| 1855 | |
| 1856 | Implemented in sql_base.cc |
| 1857 | */ |
| 1858 | |
| 1859 | class Locked_tables_list |
| 1860 | { |
| 1861 | public: |
| 1862 | MEM_ROOT m_locked_tables_root; |
| 1863 | private: |
| 1864 | TABLE_LIST *m_locked_tables; |
| 1865 | TABLE_LIST **m_locked_tables_last; |
| 1866 | /** An auxiliary array used only in reopen_tables(). */ |
| 1867 | TABLE **m_reopen_array; |
| 1868 | /** |
| 1869 | Count the number of tables in m_locked_tables list. We can't |
| 1870 | rely on thd->lock->table_count because it excludes |
| 1871 | non-transactional temporary tables. We need to know |
| 1872 | an exact number of TABLE objects. |
| 1873 | */ |
| 1874 | size_t m_locked_tables_count; |
| 1875 | public: |
| 1876 | Locked_tables_list() |
| 1877 | :m_locked_tables(NULL), |
| 1878 | m_locked_tables_last(&m_locked_tables), |
| 1879 | m_reopen_array(NULL), |
| 1880 | m_locked_tables_count(0) |
| 1881 | { |
| 1882 | init_sql_alloc(&m_locked_tables_root, "Locked_tables_list" , |
| 1883 | MEM_ROOT_BLOCK_SIZE, 0, |
| 1884 | MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC)); |
| 1885 | } |
| 1886 | void unlock_locked_tables(THD *thd); |
| 1887 | void unlock_locked_table(THD *thd, MDL_ticket *mdl_ticket); |
| 1888 | ~Locked_tables_list() |
| 1889 | { |
| 1890 | reset(); |
| 1891 | } |
| 1892 | void reset(); |
| 1893 | bool init_locked_tables(THD *thd); |
| 1894 | TABLE_LIST *locked_tables() { return m_locked_tables; } |
| 1895 | void unlink_from_list(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *table_list, |
| 1896 | bool remove_from_locked_tables); |
| 1897 | void unlink_all_closed_tables(THD *thd, |
| 1898 | MYSQL_LOCK *lock, |
| 1899 | size_t reopen_count); |
| 1900 | bool reopen_tables(THD *thd, bool need_reopen); |
| 1901 | bool restore_lock(THD *thd, TABLE_LIST *dst_table_list, TABLE *table, |
| 1902 | MYSQL_LOCK *lock); |
| 1903 | void add_back_last_deleted_lock(TABLE_LIST *dst_table_list); |
| 1904 | }; |
| 1905 | |
| 1906 | |
| 1907 | /** |
| 1908 | Storage engine specific thread local data. |
| 1909 | */ |
| 1910 | |
| 1911 | struct Ha_data |
| 1912 | { |
| 1913 | /** |
| 1914 | Storage engine specific thread local data. |
| 1915 | Lifetime: one user connection. |
| 1916 | */ |
| 1917 | void *ha_ptr; |
| 1918 | /** |
| 1919 | 0: Life time: one statement within a transaction. If @@autocommit is |
| 1920 | on, also represents the entire transaction. |
| 1921 | @sa trans_register_ha() |
| 1922 | |
| 1923 | 1: Life time: one transaction within a connection. |
| 1924 | If the storage engine does not participate in a transaction, |
| 1925 | this should not be used. |
| 1926 | @sa trans_register_ha() |
| 1927 | */ |
| 1928 | Ha_trx_info ha_info[2]; |
| 1929 | /** |
| 1930 | NULL: engine is not bound to this thread |
| 1931 | non-NULL: engine is bound to this thread, engine shutdown forbidden |
| 1932 | */ |
| 1933 | plugin_ref lock; |
| 1934 | Ha_data() :ha_ptr(NULL) {} |
| 1935 | }; |
| 1936 | |
| 1937 | /** |
| 1938 | An instance of the global read lock in a connection. |
| 1939 | Implemented in lock.cc. |
| 1940 | */ |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 | class Global_read_lock |
| 1943 | { |
| 1944 | public: |
| 1945 | enum enum_grl_state |
| 1946 | { |
| 1947 | GRL_NONE, |
| 1948 | GRL_ACQUIRED, |
| 1949 | GRL_ACQUIRED_AND_BLOCKS_COMMIT |
| 1950 | }; |
| 1951 | |
| 1952 | Global_read_lock() |
| 1953 | : m_state(GRL_NONE), |
| 1954 | m_mdl_global_shared_lock(NULL), |
| 1955 | m_mdl_blocks_commits_lock(NULL) |
| 1956 | {} |
| 1957 | |
| 1958 | bool lock_global_read_lock(THD *thd); |
| 1959 | void unlock_global_read_lock(THD *thd); |
| 1960 | /** |
| 1961 | Check if this connection can acquire protection against GRL and |
| 1962 | emit error if otherwise. |
| 1963 | */ |
| 1964 | bool can_acquire_protection() const |
| 1965 | { |
| 1966 | if (m_state) |
| 1967 | { |
| 1968 | my_error(ER_CANT_UPDATE_WITH_READLOCK, MYF(0)); |
| 1969 | return TRUE; |
| 1970 | } |
| 1971 | return FALSE; |
| 1972 | } |
| 1973 | bool make_global_read_lock_block_commit(THD *thd); |
| 1974 | bool is_acquired() const { return m_state != GRL_NONE; } |
| 1975 | void set_explicit_lock_duration(THD *thd); |
| 1976 | private: |
| 1977 | enum_grl_state m_state; |
| 1978 | /** |
| 1979 | In order to acquire the global read lock, the connection must |
| 1980 | acquire shared metadata lock in GLOBAL namespace, to prohibit |
| 1981 | all DDL. |
| 1982 | */ |
| 1983 | MDL_ticket *m_mdl_global_shared_lock; |
| 1984 | /** |
| 1985 | Also in order to acquire the global read lock, the connection |
| 1986 | must acquire a shared metadata lock in COMMIT namespace, to |
| 1987 | prohibit commits. |
| 1988 | */ |
| 1989 | MDL_ticket *m_mdl_blocks_commits_lock; |
| 1990 | }; |
| 1991 | |
| 1992 | |
| 1993 | /* |
| 1994 | Class to facilitate the commit of one transactions waiting for the commit of |
| 1995 | another transaction to complete first. |
| 1996 | |
| 1997 | This is used during (parallel) replication, to allow different transactions |
| 1998 | to be applied in parallel, but still commit in order. |
| 1999 | |
| 2000 | The transaction that wants to wait for a prior commit must first register |
| 2001 | to wait with register_wait_for_prior_commit(waitee). Such registration |
| 2002 | must be done holding the waitee->LOCK_wait_commit, to prevent the other |
| 2003 | THD from disappearing during the registration. |
| 2004 | |
| 2005 | Then during commit, if a THD is registered to wait, it will call |
| 2006 | wait_for_prior_commit() as part of ha_commit_trans(). If no wait is |
| 2007 | registered, or if the waitee for has already completed commit, then |
| 2008 | wait_for_prior_commit() returns immediately. |
| 2009 | |
| 2010 | And when a THD that may be waited for has completed commit (more precisely |
| 2011 | commit_ordered()), then it must call wakeup_subsequent_commits() to wake |
| 2012 | up any waiters. Note that this must be done at a point that is guaranteed |
| 2013 | to be later than any waiters registering themselves. It is safe to call |
| 2014 | wakeup_subsequent_commits() multiple times, as waiters are removed from |
| 2015 | registration as part of the wakeup. |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 | The reason for separate register and wait calls is that this allows to |
| 2018 | register the wait early, at a point where the waited-for THD is known to |
| 2019 | exist. And then the actual wait can be done much later, where the |
| 2020 | waited-for THD may have been long gone. By registering early, the waitee |
| 2021 | can signal before disappearing. |
| 2022 | */ |
| 2023 | struct wait_for_commit |
| 2024 | { |
| 2025 | /* |
| 2026 | The LOCK_wait_commit protects the fields subsequent_commits_list and |
| 2027 | wakeup_subsequent_commits_running (for a waitee), and the pointer |
| 2028 | waiterr and associated COND_wait_commit (for a waiter). |
| 2029 | */ |
| 2030 | mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wait_commit; |
| 2031 | mysql_cond_t COND_wait_commit; |
| 2032 | /* List of threads that did register_wait_for_prior_commit() on us. */ |
| 2033 | wait_for_commit *subsequent_commits_list; |
| 2034 | /* Link field for entries in subsequent_commits_list. */ |
| 2035 | wait_for_commit *next_subsequent_commit; |
| 2036 | /* |
| 2037 | Our waitee, if we did register_wait_for_prior_commit(), and were not |
| 2038 | yet woken up. Else NULL. |
| 2039 | |
| 2040 | When this is cleared for wakeup, the COND_wait_commit condition is |
| 2041 | signalled. |
| 2042 | */ |
| 2043 | wait_for_commit *waitee; |
| 2044 | /* |
| 2045 | Generic pointer for use by the transaction coordinator to optimise the |
| 2046 | waiting for improved group commit. |
| 2047 | |
| 2048 | Currently used by binlog TC to signal that a waiter is ready to commit, so |
| 2049 | that the waitee can grab it and group commit it directly. It is free to be |
| 2050 | used by another transaction coordinator for similar purposes. |
| 2051 | */ |
| 2052 | void *opaque_pointer; |
| 2053 | /* The wakeup error code from the waitee. 0 means no error. */ |
| 2054 | int wakeup_error; |
| 2055 | /* |
| 2056 | Flag set when wakeup_subsequent_commits_running() is active, see comments |
| 2057 | on that function for details. |
| 2058 | */ |
| 2059 | bool wakeup_subsequent_commits_running; |
| 2060 | /* |
| 2061 | This flag can be set when a commit starts, but has not completed yet. |
| 2062 | It is used by binlog group commit to allow a waiting transaction T2 to |
| 2063 | join the group commit of an earlier transaction T1. When T1 has queued |
| 2064 | itself for group commit, it will set the commit_started flag. Then when |
| 2065 | T2 becomes ready to commit and needs to wait for T1 to commit first, T2 |
| 2066 | can queue itself before waiting, and thereby participate in the same |
| 2067 | group commit as T1. |
| 2068 | */ |
| 2069 | bool commit_started; |
| 2070 | |
| 2071 | void register_wait_for_prior_commit(wait_for_commit *waitee); |
| 2072 | int wait_for_prior_commit(THD *thd) |
| 2073 | { |
| 2074 | /* |
| 2075 | Quick inline check, to avoid function call and locking in the common case |
| 2076 | where no wakeup is registered, or a registered wait was already signalled. |
| 2077 | */ |
| 2078 | if (waitee) |
| 2079 | return wait_for_prior_commit2(thd); |
| 2080 | else |
| 2081 | { |
| 2082 | if (wakeup_error) |
| 2083 | my_error(ER_PRIOR_COMMIT_FAILED, MYF(0)); |
| 2084 | return wakeup_error; |
| 2085 | } |
| 2086 | } |
| 2087 | void wakeup_subsequent_commits(int wakeup_error_arg) |
| 2088 | { |
| 2089 | /* |
| 2090 | Do the check inline, so only the wakeup case takes the cost of a function |
| 2091 | call for every commmit. |
| 2092 | |
| 2093 | Note that the check is done without locking. It is the responsibility of |
| 2094 | the user of the wakeup facility to ensure that no waiters can register |
| 2095 | themselves after the last call to wakeup_subsequent_commits(). |
| 2096 | |
| 2097 | This avoids having to take another lock for every commit, which would be |
| 2098 | pointless anyway - even if we check under lock, there is nothing to |
| 2099 | prevent a waiter from arriving just after releasing the lock. |
| 2100 | */ |
| 2101 | if (subsequent_commits_list) |
| 2102 | wakeup_subsequent_commits2(wakeup_error_arg); |
| 2103 | } |
| 2104 | void unregister_wait_for_prior_commit() |
| 2105 | { |
| 2106 | if (waitee) |
| 2107 | unregister_wait_for_prior_commit2(); |
| 2108 | else |
| 2109 | wakeup_error= 0; |
| 2110 | } |
| 2111 | /* |
| 2112 | Remove a waiter from the list in the waitee. Used to unregister a wait. |
| 2113 | The caller must be holding the locks of both waiter and waitee. |
| 2114 | */ |
| 2115 | void remove_from_list(wait_for_commit **next_ptr_ptr) |
| 2116 | { |
| 2117 | wait_for_commit *cur; |
| 2118 | |
| 2119 | while ((cur= *next_ptr_ptr) != NULL) |
| 2120 | { |
| 2121 | if (cur == this) |
| 2122 | { |
| 2123 | *next_ptr_ptr= this->next_subsequent_commit; |
| 2124 | break; |
| 2125 | } |
| 2126 | next_ptr_ptr= &cur->next_subsequent_commit; |
| 2127 | } |
| 2128 | waitee= NULL; |
| 2129 | } |
| 2130 | |
| 2131 | void wakeup(int wakeup_error); |
| 2132 | |
| 2133 | int wait_for_prior_commit2(THD *thd); |
| 2134 | void wakeup_subsequent_commits2(int wakeup_error); |
| 2135 | void unregister_wait_for_prior_commit2(); |
| 2136 | |
| 2137 | wait_for_commit(); |
| 2138 | ~wait_for_commit(); |
| 2139 | void reinit(); |
| 2140 | }; |
| 2141 | |
| 2142 | /* |
| 2143 | Structure to store the start time for a query |
| 2144 | */ |
| 2145 | |
| 2146 | struct QUERY_START_TIME_INFO |
| 2147 | { |
| 2148 | my_time_t start_time; |
| 2149 | ulong start_time_sec_part; |
| 2150 | ulonglong start_utime, utime_after_lock; |
| 2151 | |
| 2152 | void backup_query_start_time(QUERY_START_TIME_INFO *backup) |
| 2153 | { |
| 2154 | *backup= *this; |
| 2155 | } |
| 2156 | void restore_query_start_time(QUERY_START_TIME_INFO *backup) |
| 2157 | { |
| 2158 | *this= *backup; |
| 2159 | } |
| 2160 | }; |
| 2161 | |
| 2162 | extern "C" void my_message_sql(uint error, const char *str, myf MyFlags); |
| 2163 | |
| 2164 | /** |
| 2165 | @class THD |
| 2166 | For each client connection we create a separate thread with THD serving as |
| 2167 | a thread/connection descriptor |
| 2168 | */ |
| 2169 | |
| 2170 | class THD :public Statement, |
| 2171 | /* |
| 2172 | This is to track items changed during execution of a prepared |
| 2173 | statement/stored procedure. It's created by |
| 2174 | nocheck_register_item_tree_change() in memory root of THD, |
| 2175 | and freed in rollback_item_tree_changes(). |
| 2176 | For conventional execution it's always empty. |
| 2177 | */ |
| 2178 | public Item_change_list, |
| 2179 | public MDL_context_owner, |
| 2180 | public Open_tables_state, |
| 2181 | public QUERY_START_TIME_INFO |
| 2182 | { |
| 2183 | private: |
| 2184 | inline bool is_stmt_prepare() const |
| 2185 | { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare(); } |
| 2186 | |
| 2187 | inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute() const |
| 2188 | { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare_or_first_sp_execute(); } |
| 2189 | |
| 2190 | inline bool is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute() const |
| 2191 | { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_stmt_prepare_or_first_stmt_execute(); } |
| 2192 | |
| 2193 | inline bool is_conventional() const |
| 2194 | { DBUG_ASSERT(0); return Statement::is_conventional(); } |
| 2195 | |
| 2196 | void dec_thread_count(void) |
| 2197 | { |
| 2198 | DBUG_ASSERT(thread_count > 0); |
| 2199 | thread_safe_decrement32(&thread_count); |
| 2200 | signal_thd_deleted(); |
| 2201 | } |
| 2202 | |
| 2203 | |
| 2204 | void inc_thread_count(void) |
| 2205 | { |
| 2206 | thread_safe_increment32(&thread_count); |
| 2207 | } |
| 2208 | |
| 2209 | public: |
| 2210 | MDL_context mdl_context; |
| 2211 | |
| 2212 | /* Used to execute base64 coded binlog events in MySQL server */ |
| 2213 | Relay_log_info* rli_fake; |
| 2214 | rpl_group_info* rgi_fake; |
| 2215 | /* Slave applier execution context */ |
| 2216 | rpl_group_info* rgi_slave; |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 | union { |
| 2219 | rpl_io_thread_info *rpl_io_info; |
| 2220 | rpl_sql_thread_info *rpl_sql_info; |
| 2221 | } system_thread_info; |
| 2222 | |
| 2223 | void reset_for_next_command(bool do_clear_errors= 1); |
| 2224 | /* |
| 2225 | Constant for THD::where initialization in the beginning of every query. |
| 2226 | |
| 2227 | It's needed because we do not save/restore THD::where normally during |
| 2228 | primary (non subselect) query execution. |
| 2229 | */ |
| 2230 | static const char * const DEFAULT_WHERE; |
| 2231 | |
| 2232 | #ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY |
| 2233 | struct st_mysql *mysql; |
| 2234 | unsigned long client_stmt_id; |
| 2235 | unsigned long client_param_count; |
| 2236 | struct st_mysql_bind *client_params; |
| 2237 | char *extra_data; |
| 2238 | ulong extra_length; |
| 2239 | struct st_mysql_data *cur_data; |
| 2240 | struct st_mysql_data *first_data; |
| 2241 | struct st_mysql_data **data_tail; |
| 2242 | void clear_data_list(); |
| 2243 | struct st_mysql_data *alloc_new_dataset(); |
| 2244 | /* |
| 2245 | In embedded server it points to the statement that is processed |
| 2246 | in the current query. We store some results directly in statement |
| 2247 | fields then. |
| 2248 | */ |
| 2249 | struct st_mysql_stmt *current_stmt; |
| 2250 | #endif |
| 2251 | #ifdef HAVE_QUERY_CACHE |
| 2252 | Query_cache_tls query_cache_tls; |
| 2253 | #endif |
| 2254 | NET net; // client connection descriptor |
| 2255 | /** Aditional network instrumentation for the server only. */ |
| 2256 | NET_SERVER m_net_server_extension; |
| 2257 | scheduler_functions *scheduler; // Scheduler for this connection |
| 2258 | Protocol *protocol; // Current protocol |
| 2259 | Protocol_text protocol_text; // Normal protocol |
| 2260 | Protocol_binary protocol_binary; // Binary protocol |
| 2261 | HASH user_vars; // hash for user variables |
| 2262 | String packet; // dynamic buffer for network I/O |
| 2263 | String convert_buffer; // buffer for charset conversions |
| 2264 | struct my_rnd_struct rand; // used for authentication |
| 2265 | struct system_variables variables; // Changeable local variables |
| 2266 | struct system_status_var status_var; // Per thread statistic vars |
| 2267 | struct system_status_var org_status_var; // For user statistics |
| 2268 | struct system_status_var *initial_status_var; /* used by show status */ |
| 2269 | THR_LOCK_INFO lock_info; // Locking info of this thread |
| 2270 | /** |
| 2271 | Protects THD data accessed from other threads: |
| 2272 | - thd->query and thd->query_length (used by SHOW ENGINE |
| 2273 | INNODB STATUS and SHOW PROCESSLIST |
| 2274 | - thd->db (used in SHOW PROCESSLIST) |
| 2275 | Is locked when THD is deleted. |
| 2276 | */ |
| 2277 | mysql_mutex_t LOCK_thd_data; |
| 2278 | /* |
| 2279 | Protects: |
| 2280 | - kill information |
| 2281 | - mysys_var (used by KILL statement and shutdown). |
| 2282 | - Also ensures that THD is not deleted while mutex is hold |
| 2283 | */ |
| 2284 | mysql_mutex_t LOCK_thd_kill; |
| 2285 | |
| 2286 | /* all prepared statements and cursors of this connection */ |
| 2287 | Statement_map stmt_map; |
| 2288 | |
| 2289 | /* Last created prepared statement */ |
| 2290 | Statement *last_stmt; |
| 2291 | inline void set_last_stmt(Statement *stmt) |
| 2292 | { last_stmt= (is_error() ? NULL : stmt); } |
| 2293 | inline void clear_last_stmt() { last_stmt= NULL; } |
| 2294 | |
| 2295 | /* |
| 2296 | A pointer to the stack frame of handle_one_connection(), |
| 2297 | which is called first in the thread for handling a client |
| 2298 | */ |
| 2299 | char *thread_stack; |
| 2300 | |
| 2301 | /** |
| 2302 | Currently selected catalog. |
| 2303 | */ |
| 2304 | char *catalog; |
| 2305 | |
| 2306 | /** |
| 2307 | @note |
| 2308 | Some members of THD (currently 'Statement::db', |
| 2309 | 'catalog' and 'query') are set and alloced by the slave SQL thread |
| 2310 | (for the THD of that thread); that thread is (and must remain, for now) |
| 2311 | the only responsible for freeing these 3 members. If you add members |
| 2312 | here, and you add code to set them in replication, don't forget to |
| 2313 | free_them_and_set_them_to_0 in replication properly. For details see |
| 2314 | the 'err:' label of the handle_slave_sql() in sql/slave.cc. |
| 2315 | |
| 2316 | @see handle_slave_sql |
| 2317 | */ |
| 2318 | |
| 2319 | Security_context main_security_ctx; |
| 2320 | Security_context *security_ctx; |
| 2321 | |
| 2322 | /* |
| 2323 | Points to info-string that we show in SHOW PROCESSLIST |
| 2324 | You are supposed to update thd->proc_info only if you have coded |
| 2325 | a time-consuming piece that MySQL can get stuck in for a long time. |
| 2326 | |
| 2327 | Set it using the thd_proc_info(THD *thread, const char *message) |
| 2328 | macro/function. |
| 2329 | |
| 2330 | This member is accessed and assigned without any synchronization. |
| 2331 | Therefore, it may point only to constant (statically |
| 2332 | allocated) strings, which memory won't go away over time. |
| 2333 | */ |
| 2334 | const char *proc_info; |
| 2335 | |
| 2336 | private: |
| 2337 | unsigned int m_current_stage_key; |
| 2338 | |
| 2339 | public: |
| 2340 | void enter_stage(const PSI_stage_info *stage, |
| 2341 | const char *calling_func, |
| 2342 | const char *calling_file, |
| 2343 | const unsigned int calling_line) |
| 2344 | { |
| 2345 | DBUG_PRINT("THD::enter_stage" , ("%s at %s:%d" , stage->m_name, |
| 2346 | calling_file, calling_line)); |
| 2347 | DBUG_ASSERT(stage); |
| 2348 | m_current_stage_key= stage->m_key; |
| 2349 | proc_info= stage->m_name; |
| 2350 | #if defined(ENABLED_PROFILING) |
| 2351 | profiling.status_change(proc_info, calling_func, calling_file, |
| 2352 | calling_line); |
| 2353 | #endif |
| 2354 | #ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE |
| 2355 | MYSQL_SET_STAGE(m_current_stage_key, calling_file, calling_line); |
| 2356 | #endif |
| 2357 | } |
| 2358 | |
| 2359 | void backup_stage(PSI_stage_info *stage) |
| 2360 | { |
| 2361 | stage->m_key= m_current_stage_key; |
| 2362 | stage->m_name= proc_info; |
| 2363 | } |
| 2364 | |
| 2365 | const char *get_proc_info() const |
| 2366 | { return proc_info; } |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 | /* |
| 2369 | Used in error messages to tell user in what part of MySQL we found an |
| 2370 | error. E. g. when where= "having clause", if fix_fields() fails, user |
| 2371 | will know that the error was in having clause. |
| 2372 | */ |
| 2373 | const char *where; |
| 2374 | |
| 2375 | /* Needed by MariaDB semi sync replication */ |
| 2376 | Trans_binlog_info *semisync_info; |
| 2377 | /* If this is a semisync slave connection. */ |
| 2378 | bool semi_sync_slave; |
| 2379 | ulonglong client_capabilities; /* What the client supports */ |
| 2380 | ulong max_client_packet_length; |
| 2381 | |
| 2382 | HASH handler_tables_hash; |
| 2383 | /* |
| 2384 | A thread can hold named user-level locks. This variable |
| 2385 | contains granted tickets if a lock is present. See item_func.cc and |
| 2386 | chapter 'Miscellaneous functions', for functions GET_LOCK, RELEASE_LOCK. |
| 2387 | */ |
| 2388 | HASH ull_hash; |
| 2389 | /* Hash of used seqeunces (for PREVIOUS value) */ |
| 2390 | HASH sequences; |
| 2391 | #ifdef DBUG_ASSERT_EXISTS |
| 2392 | uint dbug_sentry; // watch out for memory corruption |
| 2393 | #endif |
| 2394 | struct st_my_thread_var *mysys_var; |
| 2395 | private: |
| 2396 | /* |
| 2397 | Type of current query: COM_STMT_PREPARE, COM_QUERY, etc. Set from |
| 2398 | first byte of the packet in do_command() |
| 2399 | */ |
| 2400 | enum enum_server_command m_command; |
| 2401 | |
| 2402 | public: |
| 2403 | uint32 file_id; // for LOAD DATA INFILE |
| 2404 | /* remote (peer) port */ |
| 2405 | uint16 peer_port; |
| 2406 | my_hrtime_t user_time; |
| 2407 | // track down slow pthread_create |
| 2408 | ulonglong prior_thr_create_utime, thr_create_utime; |
| 2409 | ulonglong utime_after_query; |
| 2410 | |
| 2411 | // Process indicator |
| 2412 | struct { |
| 2413 | /* |
| 2414 | true, if the currently running command can send progress report |
| 2415 | packets to a client. Set by mysql_execute_command() for safe commands |
| 2416 | See CF_REPORT_PROGRESS |
| 2417 | */ |
| 2418 | bool report_to_client; |
| 2419 | /* |
| 2420 | true, if we will send progress report packets to a client |
| 2421 | (client has requested them, see MARIADB_CLIENT_PROGRESS; report_to_client |
| 2422 | is true; not in sub-statement) |
| 2423 | */ |
| 2424 | bool report; |
| 2425 | uint stage, max_stage; |
| 2426 | ulonglong counter, max_counter; |
| 2427 | ulonglong next_report_time; |
| 2428 | Query_arena *arena; |
| 2429 | } progress; |
| 2430 | |
| 2431 | thr_lock_type update_lock_default; |
| 2432 | Delayed_insert *di; |
| 2433 | |
| 2434 | /* <> 0 if we are inside of trigger or stored function. */ |
| 2435 | uint in_sub_stmt; |
| 2436 | /* True when opt_userstat_running is set at start of query */ |
| 2437 | bool userstat_running; |
| 2438 | /* |
| 2439 | True if we have to log all errors. Are set by some engines to temporary |
| 2440 | force errors to the error log. |
| 2441 | */ |
| 2442 | bool log_all_errors; |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 | /* Do not set socket timeouts for wait_timeout (used with threadpool) */ |
| 2445 | bool skip_wait_timeout; |
| 2446 | |
| 2447 | bool prepare_derived_at_open; |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 | /* Set to 1 if status of this THD is already in global status */ |
| 2450 | bool status_in_global; |
| 2451 | |
| 2452 | /* |
| 2453 | To signal that the tmp table to be created is created for materialized |
| 2454 | derived table or a view. |
| 2455 | */ |
| 2456 | bool create_tmp_table_for_derived; |
| 2457 | |
| 2458 | bool save_prep_leaf_list; |
| 2459 | |
| 2460 | /* container for handler's private per-connection data */ |
| 2461 | Ha_data ha_data[MAX_HA]; |
| 2462 | |
| 2463 | #ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT |
| 2464 | binlog_cache_mngr * binlog_setup_trx_data(); |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 | /* |
| 2467 | Public interface to write RBR events to the binlog |
| 2468 | */ |
| 2469 | void binlog_start_trans_and_stmt(); |
| 2470 | void binlog_set_stmt_begin(); |
| 2471 | int binlog_write_table_map(TABLE *table, bool is_transactional, |
| 2472 | my_bool *with_annotate= 0); |
| 2473 | int binlog_write_row(TABLE* table, bool is_transactional, |
| 2474 | const uchar *buf); |
| 2475 | int binlog_delete_row(TABLE* table, bool is_transactional, |
| 2476 | const uchar *buf); |
| 2477 | int binlog_update_row(TABLE* table, bool is_transactional, |
| 2478 | const uchar *old_data, const uchar *new_data); |
| 2479 | static void binlog_prepare_row_images(TABLE* table); |
| 2480 | |
| 2481 | void set_server_id(uint32 sid) { variables.server_id = sid; } |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 | /* |
| 2484 | Member functions to handle pending event for row-level logging. |
| 2485 | */ |
| 2486 | template <class RowsEventT> Rows_log_event* |
| 2487 | binlog_prepare_pending_rows_event(TABLE* table, uint32 serv_id, |
| 2488 | size_t needed, |
| 2489 | bool is_transactional, |
| 2490 | RowsEventT* hint); |
| 2491 | Rows_log_event* binlog_get_pending_rows_event(bool is_transactional) const; |
| 2492 | void binlog_set_pending_rows_event(Rows_log_event* ev, bool is_transactional); |
| 2493 | inline int binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(bool stmt_end) |
| 2494 | { |
| 2495 | return (binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(stmt_end, FALSE) || |
| 2496 | binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(stmt_end, TRUE)); |
| 2497 | } |
| 2498 | int binlog_flush_pending_rows_event(bool stmt_end, bool is_transactional); |
| 2499 | int binlog_remove_pending_rows_event(bool clear_maps, bool is_transactional); |
| 2500 | |
| 2501 | /** |
| 2502 | Determine the binlog format of the current statement. |
| 2503 | |
| 2504 | @retval 0 if the current statement will be logged in statement |
| 2505 | format. |
| 2506 | @retval nonzero if the current statement will be logged in row |
| 2507 | format. |
| 2508 | */ |
| 2509 | int is_current_stmt_binlog_format_row() const { |
| 2510 | DBUG_ASSERT(current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT || |
| 2511 | current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW); |
| 2512 | return current_stmt_binlog_format == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW; |
| 2513 | } |
| 2514 | /** |
| 2515 | Determine if binlogging is disabled for this session |
| 2516 | @retval 0 if the current statement binlogging is disabled |
| 2517 | (could be because of binlog closed/binlog option |
| 2518 | is set to false). |
| 2519 | @retval 1 if the current statement will be binlogged |
| 2520 | */ |
| 2521 | inline bool is_current_stmt_binlog_disabled() const |
| 2522 | { |
| 2523 | return (!(variables.option_bits & OPTION_BIN_LOG) || |
| 2524 | !mysql_bin_log.is_open()); |
| 2525 | } |
| 2526 | |
| 2527 | enum binlog_filter_state |
| 2528 | { |
| 2529 | BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN, |
| 2530 | BINLOG_FILTER_CLEAR, |
| 2531 | BINLOG_FILTER_SET |
| 2532 | }; |
| 2533 | |
| 2534 | inline void reset_binlog_local_stmt_filter() |
| 2535 | { |
| 2536 | m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN; |
| 2537 | } |
| 2538 | |
| 2539 | inline void clear_binlog_local_stmt_filter() |
| 2540 | { |
| 2541 | DBUG_ASSERT(m_binlog_filter_state == BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN); |
| 2542 | m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_CLEAR; |
| 2543 | } |
| 2544 | |
| 2545 | inline void set_binlog_local_stmt_filter() |
| 2546 | { |
| 2547 | DBUG_ASSERT(m_binlog_filter_state == BINLOG_FILTER_UNKNOWN); |
| 2548 | m_binlog_filter_state= BINLOG_FILTER_SET; |
| 2549 | } |
| 2550 | |
| 2551 | inline binlog_filter_state get_binlog_local_stmt_filter() |
| 2552 | { |
| 2553 | return m_binlog_filter_state; |
| 2554 | } |
| 2555 | |
| 2556 | private: |
| 2557 | /** |
| 2558 | Indicate if the current statement should be discarded |
| 2559 | instead of written to the binlog. |
| 2560 | This is used to discard special statements, such as |
| 2561 | DML or DDL that affects only 'local' (non replicated) |
| 2562 | tables, such as performance_schema.* |
| 2563 | */ |
| 2564 | binlog_filter_state m_binlog_filter_state; |
| 2565 | |
| 2566 | /** |
| 2567 | Indicates the format in which the current statement will be |
| 2568 | logged. This can only be set from @c decide_logging_format(). |
| 2569 | */ |
| 2570 | enum_binlog_format current_stmt_binlog_format; |
| 2571 | |
| 2572 | /** |
| 2573 | Bit field for the state of binlog warnings. |
| 2574 | |
| 2575 | The first Lex::BINLOG_STMT_UNSAFE_COUNT bits list all types of |
| 2576 | unsafeness that the current statement has. |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 | This must be a member of THD and not of LEX, because warnings are |
| 2579 | detected and issued in different places (@c |
| 2580 | decide_logging_format() and @c binlog_query(), respectively). |
| 2581 | Between these calls, the THD->lex object may change; e.g., if a |
| 2582 | stored routine is invoked. Only THD persists between the calls. |
| 2583 | */ |
| 2584 | uint32 binlog_unsafe_warning_flags; |
| 2585 | |
| 2586 | /* |
| 2587 | Number of outstanding table maps, i.e., table maps in the |
| 2588 | transaction cache. |
| 2589 | */ |
| 2590 | uint binlog_table_maps; |
| 2591 | public: |
| 2592 | void issue_unsafe_warnings(); |
| 2593 | void reset_unsafe_warnings() |
| 2594 | { binlog_unsafe_warning_flags= 0; } |
| 2595 | |
| 2596 | uint get_binlog_table_maps() const { |
| 2597 | return binlog_table_maps; |
| 2598 | } |
| 2599 | void clear_binlog_table_maps() { |
| 2600 | binlog_table_maps= 0; |
| 2601 | } |
| 2602 | #endif /* MYSQL_CLIENT */ |
| 2603 | |
| 2604 | public: |
| 2605 | |
| 2606 | struct st_transactions { |
| 2607 | SAVEPOINT *savepoints; |
| 2608 | THD_TRANS all; // Trans since BEGIN WORK |
| 2609 | THD_TRANS stmt; // Trans for current statement |
| 2610 | bool on; // see ha_enable_transaction() |
| 2611 | XID_STATE xid_state; |
| 2612 | WT_THD wt; ///< for deadlock detection |
| 2613 | Rows_log_event *m_pending_rows_event; |
| 2614 | |
| 2615 | struct st_trans_time : public timeval |
| 2616 | { |
| 2617 | void reset(THD *thd) |
| 2618 | { |
| 2619 | tv_sec= thd->query_start(); |
| 2620 | tv_usec= (long) thd->query_start_sec_part(); |
| 2621 | } |
| 2622 | } start_time; |
| 2623 | |
| 2624 | /* |
| 2625 | Tables changed in transaction (that must be invalidated in query cache). |
| 2626 | List contain only transactional tables, that not invalidated in query |
| 2627 | cache (instead of full list of changed in transaction tables). |
| 2628 | */ |
| 2629 | CHANGED_TABLE_LIST* changed_tables; |
| 2630 | MEM_ROOT mem_root; // Transaction-life memory allocation pool |
| 2631 | void cleanup() |
| 2632 | { |
| 2633 | DBUG_ENTER("thd::cleanup" ); |
| 2634 | changed_tables= 0; |
| 2635 | savepoints= 0; |
| 2636 | /* |
| 2637 | If rm_error is raised, it means that this piece of a distributed |
| 2638 | transaction has failed and must be rolled back. But the user must |
| 2639 | rollback it explicitly, so don't start a new distributed XA until |
| 2640 | then. |
| 2641 | */ |
| 2642 | if (!xid_state.rm_error) |
| 2643 | xid_state.xid.null(); |
| 2644 | free_root(&mem_root,MYF(MY_KEEP_PREALLOC)); |
| 2645 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 2646 | } |
| 2647 | my_bool is_active() |
| 2648 | { |
| 2649 | return (all.ha_list != NULL); |
| 2650 | } |
| 2651 | st_transactions() |
| 2652 | { |
| 2653 | bzero((char*)this, sizeof(*this)); |
| 2654 | xid_state.xid.null(); |
| 2655 | init_sql_alloc(&mem_root, "THD::transactions" , |
| 2656 | ALLOC_ROOT_MIN_BLOCK_SIZE, 0, |
| 2657 | MYF(MY_THREAD_SPECIFIC)); |
| 2658 | } |
| 2659 | } transaction; |
| 2660 | Global_read_lock global_read_lock; |
| 2661 | Field *dup_field; |
| 2662 | #ifndef __WIN__ |
| 2663 | sigset_t signals; |
| 2664 | #endif |
| 2665 | #ifdef SIGNAL_WITH_VIO_CLOSE |
| 2666 | Vio* active_vio; |
| 2667 | #endif |
| 2668 | |
| 2669 | /* |
| 2670 | A permanent memory area of the statement. For conventional |
| 2671 | execution, the parsed tree and execution runtime reside in the same |
| 2672 | memory root. In this case stmt_arena points to THD. In case of |
| 2673 | a prepared statement or a stored procedure statement, thd->mem_root |
| 2674 | conventionally points to runtime memory, and thd->stmt_arena |
| 2675 | points to the memory of the PS/SP, where the parsed tree of the |
| 2676 | statement resides. Whenever you need to perform a permanent |
| 2677 | transformation of a parsed tree, you should allocate new memory in |
| 2678 | stmt_arena, to allow correct re-execution of PS/SP. |
| 2679 | Note: in the parser, stmt_arena == thd, even for PS/SP. |
| 2680 | */ |
| 2681 | Query_arena *stmt_arena; |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 | void *bulk_param; |
| 2684 | |
| 2685 | /* |
| 2686 | map for tables that will be updated for a multi-table update query |
| 2687 | statement, for other query statements, this will be zero. |
| 2688 | */ |
| 2689 | table_map table_map_for_update; |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 | /* Tells if LAST_INSERT_ID(#) was called for the current statement */ |
| 2692 | bool arg_of_last_insert_id_function; |
| 2693 | /* |
| 2694 | ALL OVER THIS FILE, "insert_id" means "*automatically generated* value for |
| 2695 | insertion into an auto_increment column". |
| 2696 | */ |
| 2697 | /* |
| 2698 | This is the first autogenerated insert id which was *successfully* |
| 2699 | inserted by the previous statement (exactly, if the previous statement |
| 2700 | didn't successfully insert an autogenerated insert id, then it's the one |
| 2701 | of the statement before, etc). |
| 2702 | It can also be set by SET LAST_INSERT_ID=# or SELECT LAST_INSERT_ID(#). |
| 2703 | It is returned by LAST_INSERT_ID(). |
| 2704 | */ |
| 2705 | ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt; |
| 2706 | /* |
| 2707 | Variant of the above, used for storing in statement-based binlog. The |
| 2708 | difference is that the one above can change as the execution of a stored |
| 2709 | function progresses, while the one below is set once and then does not |
| 2710 | change (which is the value which statement-based binlog needs). |
| 2711 | */ |
| 2712 | ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog; |
| 2713 | /* |
| 2714 | This is the first autogenerated insert id which was *successfully* |
| 2715 | inserted by the current statement. It is maintained only to set |
| 2716 | first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt when statement ends. |
| 2717 | */ |
| 2718 | ulonglong first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt; |
| 2719 | /* |
| 2720 | We follow this logic: |
| 2721 | - when stmt starts, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt contains the |
| 2722 | first insert id successfully inserted by the previous stmt. |
| 2723 | - as stmt makes progress, handler::insert_id_for_cur_row changes; |
| 2724 | every time get_auto_increment() is called, |
| 2725 | auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog is augmented with the |
| 2726 | reserved interval (if statement-based binlogging). |
| 2727 | - at first successful insertion of an autogenerated value, |
| 2728 | first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt is set to |
| 2729 | handler::insert_id_for_cur_row. |
| 2730 | - when stmt goes to binlog, |
| 2731 | auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog is binlogged if |
| 2732 | non-empty. |
| 2733 | - when stmt ends, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt is set to |
| 2734 | first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt. |
| 2735 | */ |
| 2736 | /* |
| 2737 | stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt is set when |
| 2738 | LAST_INSERT_ID() is used by a statement. |
| 2739 | If it is set, first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog will be |
| 2740 | stored in the statement-based binlog. |
| 2741 | This variable is CUMULATIVE along the execution of a stored function or |
| 2742 | trigger: if one substatement sets it to 1 it will stay 1 until the |
| 2743 | function/trigger ends, thus making sure that |
| 2744 | first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog does not change anymore |
| 2745 | and is propagated to the caller for binlogging. |
| 2746 | */ |
| 2747 | bool stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt; |
| 2748 | /* |
| 2749 | List of auto_increment intervals reserved by the thread so far, for |
| 2750 | storage in the statement-based binlog. |
| 2751 | Note that its minimum is not first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt: |
| 2752 | assuming a table with an autoinc column, and this happens: |
| 2753 | INSERT INTO ... VALUES(3); |
| 2754 | SET INSERT_ID=3; INSERT IGNORE ... VALUES (NULL); |
| 2755 | then the latter INSERT will insert no rows |
| 2756 | (first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt == 0), but storing "INSERT_ID=3" |
| 2757 | in the binlog is still needed; the list's minimum will contain 3. |
| 2758 | This variable is cumulative: if several statements are written to binlog |
| 2759 | as one (stored functions or triggers are used) this list is the |
| 2760 | concatenation of all intervals reserved by all statements. |
| 2761 | */ |
| 2762 | Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog; |
| 2763 | /* Used by replication and SET INSERT_ID */ |
| 2764 | Discrete_intervals_list auto_inc_intervals_forced; |
| 2765 | /* |
| 2766 | There is BUG#19630 where statement-based replication of stored |
| 2767 | functions/triggers with two auto_increment columns breaks. |
| 2768 | We however ensure that it works when there is 0 or 1 auto_increment |
| 2769 | column; our rules are |
| 2770 | a) on master, while executing a top statement involving substatements, |
| 2771 | first top- or sub- statement to generate auto_increment values wins the |
| 2772 | exclusive right to see its values be written to binlog (the write |
| 2773 | will be done by the statement or its caller), and the losers won't see |
| 2774 | their values be written to binlog. |
| 2775 | b) on slave, while replicating a top statement involving substatements, |
| 2776 | first top- or sub- statement to need to read auto_increment values from |
| 2777 | the master's binlog wins the exclusive right to read them (so the losers |
| 2778 | won't read their values from binlog but instead generate on their own). |
| 2779 | a) implies that we mustn't backup/restore |
| 2780 | auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog. |
| 2781 | b) implies that we mustn't backup/restore auto_inc_intervals_forced. |
| 2782 | |
| 2783 | If there are more than 1 auto_increment columns, then intervals for |
| 2784 | different columns may mix into the |
| 2785 | auto_inc_intervals_in_cur_stmt_for_binlog list, which is logically wrong, |
| 2786 | but there is no point in preventing this mixing by preventing intervals |
| 2787 | from the secondly inserted column to come into the list, as such |
| 2788 | prevention would be wrong too. |
| 2789 | What will happen in the case of |
| 2790 | INSERT INTO t1 (auto_inc) VALUES(NULL); |
| 2791 | where t1 has a trigger which inserts into an auto_inc column of t2, is |
| 2792 | that in binlog we'll store the interval of t1 and the interval of t2 (when |
| 2793 | we store intervals, soon), then in slave, t1 will use both intervals, t2 |
| 2794 | will use none; if t1 inserts the same number of rows as on master, |
| 2795 | normally the 2nd interval will not be used by t1, which is fine. t2's |
| 2796 | values will be wrong if t2's internal auto_increment counter is different |
| 2797 | from what it was on master (which is likely). In 5.1, in mixed binlogging |
| 2798 | mode, row-based binlogging is used for such cases where two |
| 2799 | auto_increment columns are inserted. |
| 2800 | */ |
| 2801 | inline void record_first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt(ulonglong id_arg) |
| 2802 | { |
| 2803 | if (first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt == 0) |
| 2804 | first_successful_insert_id_in_cur_stmt= id_arg; |
| 2805 | } |
| 2806 | inline ulonglong read_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt(void) |
| 2807 | { |
| 2808 | if (!stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt) |
| 2809 | { |
| 2810 | /* It's the first time we read it */ |
| 2811 | first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt_for_binlog= |
| 2812 | first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt; |
| 2813 | stmt_depends_on_first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt= 1; |
| 2814 | } |
| 2815 | return first_successful_insert_id_in_prev_stmt; |
| 2816 | } |
| 2817 | /* |
| 2818 | Used by Intvar_log_event::do_apply_event() and by "SET INSERT_ID=#" |
| 2819 | (mysqlbinlog). We'll soon add a variant which can take many intervals in |
| 2820 | argument. |
| 2821 | */ |
| 2822 | inline void force_one_auto_inc_interval(ulonglong next_id) |
| 2823 | { |
| 2824 | auto_inc_intervals_forced.empty(); // in case of multiple SET INSERT_ID |
| 2825 | auto_inc_intervals_forced.append(next_id, ULONGLONG_MAX, 0); |
| 2826 | } |
| 2827 | |
| 2828 | ulonglong limit_found_rows; |
| 2829 | |
| 2830 | private: |
| 2831 | /** |
| 2832 | Stores the result of ROW_COUNT() function. |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 | ROW_COUNT() function is a MySQL extention, but we try to keep it |
| 2835 | similar to ROW_COUNT member of the GET DIAGNOSTICS stack of the SQL |
| 2836 | standard (see SQL99, part 2, search for ROW_COUNT). It's value is |
| 2837 | implementation defined for anything except INSERT, DELETE, UPDATE. |
| 2838 | |
| 2839 | ROW_COUNT is assigned according to the following rules: |
| 2840 | |
| 2841 | - In my_ok(): |
| 2842 | - for DML statements: to the number of affected rows; |
| 2843 | - for DDL statements: to 0. |
| 2844 | |
| 2845 | - In my_eof(): to -1 to indicate that there was a result set. |
| 2846 | |
| 2847 | We derive this semantics from the JDBC specification, where int |
| 2848 | java.sql.Statement.getUpdateCount() is defined to (sic) "return the |
| 2849 | current result as an update count; if the result is a ResultSet |
| 2850 | object or there are no more results, -1 is returned". |
| 2851 | |
| 2852 | - In my_error(): to -1 to be compatible with the MySQL C API and |
| 2853 | MySQL ODBC driver. |
| 2854 | |
| 2855 | - For SIGNAL statements: to 0 per WL#2110 specification (see also |
| 2856 | sql_signal.cc comment). Zero is used since that's the "default" |
| 2857 | value of ROW_COUNT in the diagnostics area. |
| 2858 | */ |
| 2859 | |
| 2860 | longlong m_row_count_func; /* For the ROW_COUNT() function */ |
| 2861 | |
| 2862 | public: |
| 2863 | inline longlong get_row_count_func() const |
| 2864 | { |
| 2865 | return m_row_count_func; |
| 2866 | } |
| 2867 | |
| 2868 | inline void set_row_count_func(longlong row_count_func) |
| 2869 | { |
| 2870 | m_row_count_func= row_count_func; |
| 2871 | } |
| 2872 | inline void set_affected_rows(longlong row_count_func) |
| 2873 | { |
| 2874 | /* |
| 2875 | We have to add to affected_rows (used by slow log), as otherwise |
| 2876 | information for 'call' will be wrong |
| 2877 | */ |
| 2878 | affected_rows+= (row_count_func >= 0 ? row_count_func : 0); |
| 2879 | } |
| 2880 | |
| 2881 | ha_rows cuted_fields; |
| 2882 | |
| 2883 | private: |
| 2884 | /* |
| 2885 | number of rows we actually sent to the client, including "synthetic" |
| 2886 | rows in ROLLUP etc. |
| 2887 | */ |
| 2888 | ha_rows m_sent_row_count; |
| 2889 | |
| 2890 | /** |
| 2891 | Number of rows read and/or evaluated for a statement. Used for |
| 2892 | slow log reporting. |
| 2893 | |
| 2894 | An examined row is defined as a row that is read and/or evaluated |
| 2895 | according to a statement condition, including in |
| 2896 | create_sort_index(). Rows may be counted more than once, e.g., a |
| 2897 | statement including ORDER BY could possibly evaluate the row in |
| 2898 | filesort() before reading it for e.g. update. |
| 2899 | */ |
| 2900 | ha_rows m_examined_row_count; |
| 2901 | |
| 2902 | public: |
| 2903 | ha_rows get_sent_row_count() const |
| 2904 | { return m_sent_row_count; } |
| 2905 | |
| 2906 | ha_rows get_examined_row_count() const |
| 2907 | { return m_examined_row_count; } |
| 2908 | |
| 2909 | ulonglong get_affected_rows() const |
| 2910 | { return affected_rows; } |
| 2911 | |
| 2912 | void set_sent_row_count(ha_rows count); |
| 2913 | void set_examined_row_count(ha_rows count); |
| 2914 | |
| 2915 | void inc_sent_row_count(ha_rows count); |
| 2916 | void inc_examined_row_count(ha_rows count); |
| 2917 | |
| 2918 | void inc_status_created_tmp_disk_tables(); |
| 2919 | void inc_status_created_tmp_files(); |
| 2920 | void inc_status_created_tmp_tables(); |
| 2921 | void inc_status_select_full_join(); |
| 2922 | void inc_status_select_full_range_join(); |
| 2923 | void inc_status_select_range(); |
| 2924 | void inc_status_select_range_check(); |
| 2925 | void inc_status_select_scan(); |
| 2926 | void inc_status_sort_merge_passes(); |
| 2927 | void inc_status_sort_range(); |
| 2928 | void inc_status_sort_rows(ha_rows count); |
| 2929 | void inc_status_sort_scan(); |
| 2930 | void set_status_no_index_used(); |
| 2931 | void set_status_no_good_index_used(); |
| 2932 | |
| 2933 | /** |
| 2934 | The number of rows and/or keys examined by the query, both read, |
| 2935 | changed or written. |
| 2936 | */ |
| 2937 | ulonglong accessed_rows_and_keys; |
| 2938 | |
| 2939 | /** |
| 2940 | Check if the number of rows accessed by a statement exceeded |
| 2941 | LIMIT ROWS EXAMINED. If so, signal the query engine to stop execution. |
| 2942 | */ |
| 2943 | void check_limit_rows_examined() |
| 2944 | { |
| 2945 | if (++accessed_rows_and_keys > lex->limit_rows_examined_cnt) |
| 2946 | set_killed(ABORT_QUERY); |
| 2947 | } |
| 2948 | |
| 2949 | USER_CONN *user_connect; |
| 2950 | CHARSET_INFO *db_charset; |
| 2951 | #if defined(ENABLED_PROFILING) |
| 2952 | PROFILING profiling; |
| 2953 | #endif |
| 2954 | |
| 2955 | /** Current statement digest. */ |
| 2956 | sql_digest_state *m_digest; |
| 2957 | /** Current statement digest token array. */ |
| 2958 | unsigned char *m_token_array; |
| 2959 | /** Top level statement digest. */ |
| 2960 | sql_digest_state m_digest_state; |
| 2961 | |
| 2962 | /** Current statement instrumentation. */ |
| 2963 | PSI_statement_locker *m_statement_psi; |
| 2964 | #ifdef HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE |
| 2965 | /** Current statement instrumentation state. */ |
| 2966 | PSI_statement_locker_state m_statement_state; |
| 2967 | #endif /* HAVE_PSI_STATEMENT_INTERFACE */ |
| 2968 | /** Idle instrumentation. */ |
| 2969 | PSI_idle_locker *m_idle_psi; |
| 2970 | #ifdef HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE |
| 2971 | /** Idle instrumentation state. */ |
| 2972 | PSI_idle_locker_state m_idle_state; |
| 2973 | #endif /* HAVE_PSI_IDLE_INTERFACE */ |
| 2974 | |
| 2975 | /* |
| 2976 | Id of current query. Statement can be reused to execute several queries |
| 2977 | query_id is global in context of the whole MySQL server. |
| 2978 | ID is automatically generated from mutex-protected counter. |
| 2979 | It's used in handler code for various purposes: to check which columns |
| 2980 | from table are necessary for this select, to check if it's necessary to |
| 2981 | update auto-updatable fields (like auto_increment and timestamp). |
| 2982 | */ |
| 2983 | query_id_t query_id; |
| 2984 | ulong col_access; |
| 2985 | |
| 2986 | /* Statement id is thread-wide. This counter is used to generate ids */ |
| 2987 | ulong statement_id_counter; |
| 2988 | ulong rand_saved_seed1, rand_saved_seed2; |
| 2989 | |
| 2990 | /* The following variables are used when printing to slow log */ |
| 2991 | ulong query_plan_flags; |
| 2992 | ulong query_plan_fsort_passes; |
| 2993 | ulong tmp_tables_used; |
| 2994 | ulong tmp_tables_disk_used; |
| 2995 | ulonglong tmp_tables_size; |
| 2996 | ulonglong bytes_sent_old; |
| 2997 | ulonglong affected_rows; /* Number of changed rows */ |
| 2998 | |
| 2999 | pthread_t real_id; /* For debugging */ |
| 3000 | my_thread_id thread_id, thread_dbug_id; |
| 3001 | uint32 os_thread_id; |
| 3002 | uint tmp_table, global_disable_checkpoint; |
| 3003 | uint server_status,open_options; |
| 3004 | enum enum_thread_type system_thread; |
| 3005 | /* |
| 3006 | Current or next transaction isolation level. |
| 3007 | When a connection is established, the value is taken from |
| 3008 | @@session.tx_isolation (default transaction isolation for |
| 3009 | the session), which is in turn taken from @@global.tx_isolation |
| 3010 | (the global value). |
| 3011 | If there is no transaction started, this variable |
| 3012 | holds the value of the next transaction's isolation level. |
| 3013 | When a transaction starts, the value stored in this variable |
| 3014 | becomes "actual". |
| 3015 | At transaction commit or rollback, we assign this variable |
| 3016 | again from @@session.tx_isolation. |
| 3017 | The only statement that can otherwise change the value |
| 3018 | of this variable is SET TRANSACTION ISOLATION LEVEL. |
| 3019 | Its purpose is to effect the isolation level of the next |
| 3020 | transaction in this session. When this statement is executed, |
| 3021 | the value in this variable is changed. However, since |
| 3022 | this statement is only allowed when there is no active |
| 3023 | transaction, this assignment (naturally) only affects the |
| 3024 | upcoming transaction. |
| 3025 | At the end of the current active transaction the value is |
| 3026 | be reset again from @@session.tx_isolation, as described |
| 3027 | above. |
| 3028 | */ |
| 3029 | enum_tx_isolation tx_isolation; |
| 3030 | /* |
| 3031 | Current or next transaction access mode. |
| 3032 | See comment above regarding tx_isolation. |
| 3033 | */ |
| 3034 | bool tx_read_only; |
| 3035 | enum_check_fields count_cuted_fields; |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 | DYNAMIC_ARRAY user_var_events; /* For user variables replication */ |
| 3038 | MEM_ROOT *user_var_events_alloc; /* Allocate above array elements here */ |
| 3039 | |
| 3040 | /* |
| 3041 | Define durability properties that engines may check to |
| 3042 | improve performance. Not yet used in MariaDB |
| 3043 | */ |
| 3044 | enum durability_properties durability_property; |
| 3045 | |
| 3046 | /* |
| 3047 | If checking this in conjunction with a wait condition, please |
| 3048 | include a check after enter_cond() if you want to avoid a race |
| 3049 | condition. For details see the implementation of awake(), |
| 3050 | especially the "broadcast" part. |
| 3051 | */ |
| 3052 | killed_state volatile killed; |
| 3053 | |
| 3054 | /* |
| 3055 | The following is used if one wants to have a specific error number and |
| 3056 | text for the kill |
| 3057 | */ |
| 3058 | struct err_info |
| 3059 | { |
| 3060 | int no; |
| 3061 | const char msg[256]; |
| 3062 | } *killed_err; |
| 3063 | |
| 3064 | /* See also thd_killed() */ |
| 3065 | inline bool check_killed() |
| 3066 | { |
| 3067 | if (unlikely(killed)) |
| 3068 | return TRUE; |
| 3069 | if (apc_target.have_apc_requests()) |
| 3070 | apc_target.process_apc_requests(); |
| 3071 | return FALSE; |
| 3072 | } |
| 3073 | |
| 3074 | /* scramble - random string sent to client on handshake */ |
| 3075 | char scramble[SCRAMBLE_LENGTH+1]; |
| 3076 | |
| 3077 | /* |
| 3078 | If this is a slave, the name of the connection stored here. |
| 3079 | This is used for taging error messages in the log files. |
| 3080 | */ |
| 3081 | LEX_CSTRING connection_name; |
| 3082 | char default_master_connection_buff[MAX_CONNECTION_NAME+1]; |
| 3083 | uint8 password; /* 0, 1 or 2 */ |
| 3084 | uint8 failed_com_change_user; |
| 3085 | bool slave_thread; |
| 3086 | bool ; /* If extra connection */ |
| 3087 | bool no_errors; |
| 3088 | |
| 3089 | /** |
| 3090 | Set to TRUE if execution of the current compound statement |
| 3091 | can not continue. In particular, disables activation of |
| 3092 | CONTINUE or EXIT handlers of stored routines. |
| 3093 | Reset in the end of processing of the current user request, in |
| 3094 | @see THD::reset_for_next_command(). |
| 3095 | */ |
| 3096 | bool is_fatal_error; |
| 3097 | /** |
| 3098 | Set by a storage engine to request the entire |
| 3099 | transaction (that possibly spans multiple engines) to |
| 3100 | rollback. Reset in ha_rollback. |
| 3101 | */ |
| 3102 | bool transaction_rollback_request; |
| 3103 | /** |
| 3104 | TRUE if we are in a sub-statement and the current error can |
| 3105 | not be safely recovered until we left the sub-statement mode. |
| 3106 | In particular, disables activation of CONTINUE and EXIT |
| 3107 | handlers inside sub-statements. E.g. if it is a deadlock |
| 3108 | error and requires a transaction-wide rollback, this flag is |
| 3109 | raised (traditionally, MySQL first has to close all the reads |
| 3110 | via @see handler::ha_index_or_rnd_end() and only then perform |
| 3111 | the rollback). |
| 3112 | Reset to FALSE when we leave the sub-statement mode. |
| 3113 | */ |
| 3114 | bool is_fatal_sub_stmt_error; |
| 3115 | bool rand_used, time_zone_used; |
| 3116 | bool query_start_sec_part_used; |
| 3117 | /* for IS NULL => = last_insert_id() fix in remove_eq_conds() */ |
| 3118 | bool substitute_null_with_insert_id; |
| 3119 | bool in_lock_tables; |
| 3120 | bool bootstrap, cleanup_done, free_connection_done; |
| 3121 | |
| 3122 | /** is set if some thread specific value(s) used in a statement. */ |
| 3123 | bool thread_specific_used; |
| 3124 | /** |
| 3125 | is set if a statement accesses a temporary table created through |
| 3126 | CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE. |
| 3127 | */ |
| 3128 | private: |
| 3129 | bool charset_is_system_charset, charset_is_collation_connection; |
| 3130 | bool charset_is_character_set_filesystem; |
| 3131 | public: |
| 3132 | bool enable_slow_log; /* Enable slow log for current statement */ |
| 3133 | bool abort_on_warning; |
| 3134 | bool got_warning; /* Set on call to push_warning() */ |
| 3135 | /* set during loop of derived table processing */ |
| 3136 | bool derived_tables_processing; |
| 3137 | bool tablespace_op; /* This is TRUE in DISCARD/IMPORT TABLESPACE */ |
| 3138 | /* True if we have to log the current statement */ |
| 3139 | bool log_current_statement; |
| 3140 | /** |
| 3141 | True if a slave error. Causes the slave to stop. Not the same |
| 3142 | as the statement execution error (is_error()), since |
| 3143 | a statement may be expected to return an error, e.g. because |
| 3144 | it returned an error on master, and this is OK on the slave. |
| 3145 | */ |
| 3146 | bool is_slave_error; |
| 3147 | /* |
| 3148 | True when a transaction is queued up for binlog group commit. |
| 3149 | Used so that if another transaction needs to wait for a row lock held by |
| 3150 | this transaction, it can signal to trigger the group commit immediately, |
| 3151 | skipping the normal --binlog-commit-wait-count wait. |
| 3152 | */ |
| 3153 | bool waiting_on_group_commit; |
| 3154 | /* |
| 3155 | Set true when another transaction goes to wait on a row lock held by this |
| 3156 | transaction. Used together with waiting_on_group_commit. |
| 3157 | */ |
| 3158 | bool has_waiter; |
| 3159 | /* |
| 3160 | In case of a slave, set to the error code the master got when executing |
| 3161 | the query. 0 if no error on the master. |
| 3162 | */ |
| 3163 | int slave_expected_error; |
| 3164 | enum_sql_command last_sql_command; // Last sql_command exceuted in mysql_execute_command() |
| 3165 | |
| 3166 | sp_rcontext *spcont; // SP runtime context |
| 3167 | sp_cache *sp_proc_cache; |
| 3168 | sp_cache *sp_func_cache; |
| 3169 | sp_cache *sp_package_spec_cache; |
| 3170 | sp_cache *sp_package_body_cache; |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 | /** number of name_const() substitutions, see sp_head.cc:subst_spvars() */ |
| 3173 | uint query_name_consts; |
| 3174 | |
| 3175 | /* |
| 3176 | If we do a purge of binary logs, log index info of the threads |
| 3177 | that are currently reading it needs to be adjusted. To do that |
| 3178 | each thread that is using LOG_INFO needs to adjust the pointer to it |
| 3179 | */ |
| 3180 | LOG_INFO* current_linfo; |
| 3181 | NET* slave_net; // network connection from slave -> m. |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 | /* |
| 3184 | Used to update global user stats. The global user stats are updated |
| 3185 | occasionally with the 'diff' variables. After the update, the 'diff' |
| 3186 | variables are reset to 0. |
| 3187 | */ |
| 3188 | /* Time when the current thread connected to MySQL. */ |
| 3189 | time_t current_connect_time; |
| 3190 | /* Last time when THD stats were updated in global_user_stats. */ |
| 3191 | time_t last_global_update_time; |
| 3192 | /* Number of commands not reflected in global_user_stats yet. */ |
| 3193 | uint select_commands, update_commands, other_commands; |
| 3194 | ulonglong start_cpu_time; |
| 3195 | ulonglong start_bytes_received; |
| 3196 | |
| 3197 | /* Used by the sys_var class to store temporary values */ |
| 3198 | union |
| 3199 | { |
| 3200 | my_bool my_bool_value; |
| 3201 | int int_value; |
| 3202 | uint uint_value; |
| 3203 | long long_value; |
| 3204 | ulong ulong_value; |
| 3205 | ulonglong ulonglong_value; |
| 3206 | double double_value; |
| 3207 | void *ptr_value; |
| 3208 | } sys_var_tmp; |
| 3209 | |
| 3210 | struct { |
| 3211 | /* |
| 3212 | If true, mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event) call will not write events to |
| 3213 | binlog, and maintain 2 below variables instead (use |
| 3214 | mysql_bin_log.start_union_events to turn this on) |
| 3215 | */ |
| 3216 | bool do_union; |
| 3217 | /* |
| 3218 | If TRUE, at least one mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event) call has been |
| 3219 | made after last mysql_bin_log.start_union_events() call. |
| 3220 | */ |
| 3221 | bool unioned_events; |
| 3222 | /* |
| 3223 | If TRUE, at least one mysql_bin_log::write(Log_event e), where |
| 3224 | e.cache_stmt == TRUE call has been made after last |
| 3225 | mysql_bin_log.start_union_events() call. |
| 3226 | */ |
| 3227 | bool unioned_events_trans; |
| 3228 | |
| 3229 | /* |
| 3230 | 'queries' (actually SP statements) that run under inside this binlog |
| 3231 | union have thd->query_id >= first_query_id. |
| 3232 | */ |
| 3233 | query_id_t first_query_id; |
| 3234 | } binlog_evt_union; |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 | /** |
| 3237 | Internal parser state. |
| 3238 | Note that since the parser is not re-entrant, we keep only one parser |
| 3239 | state here. This member is valid only when executing code during parsing. |
| 3240 | */ |
| 3241 | Parser_state *m_parser_state; |
| 3242 | |
| 3243 | Locked_tables_list locked_tables_list; |
| 3244 | |
| 3245 | #ifdef WITH_PARTITION_STORAGE_ENGINE |
| 3246 | partition_info *work_part_info; |
| 3247 | #endif |
| 3248 | |
| 3249 | #ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY |
| 3250 | /** |
| 3251 | Array of active audit plugins which have been used by this THD. |
| 3252 | This list is later iterated to invoke release_thd() on those |
| 3253 | plugins. |
| 3254 | */ |
| 3255 | DYNAMIC_ARRAY audit_class_plugins; |
| 3256 | /** |
| 3257 | Array of bits indicating which audit classes have already been |
| 3258 | added to the list of audit plugins which are currently in use. |
| 3259 | */ |
| 3260 | unsigned long audit_class_mask[MYSQL_AUDIT_CLASS_MASK_SIZE]; |
| 3261 | #endif |
| 3262 | |
| 3263 | #if defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC) |
| 3264 | /* Debug Sync facility. See debug_sync.cc. */ |
| 3265 | struct st_debug_sync_control *debug_sync_control; |
| 3266 | #endif /* defined(ENABLED_DEBUG_SYNC) */ |
| 3267 | /** |
| 3268 | @param id thread identifier |
| 3269 | @param is_wsrep_applier thread type |
| 3270 | @param skip_lock instruct whether @c LOCK_global_system_variables |
| 3271 | is already locked, to not acquire it then. |
| 3272 | */ |
| 3273 | THD(my_thread_id id, bool is_wsrep_applier= false, bool skip_lock= false); |
| 3274 | |
| 3275 | ~THD(); |
| 3276 | /** |
| 3277 | @param skip_lock instruct whether @c LOCK_global_system_variables |
| 3278 | is already locked, to not acquire it then. |
| 3279 | */ |
| 3280 | void init(bool skip_lock= false); |
| 3281 | /* |
| 3282 | Initialize memory roots necessary for query processing and (!) |
| 3283 | pre-allocate memory for it. We can't do that in THD constructor because |
| 3284 | there are use cases (acl_init, delayed inserts, watcher threads, |
| 3285 | killing mysqld) where it's vital to not allocate excessive and not used |
| 3286 | memory. Note, that we still don't return error from init_for_queries(): |
| 3287 | if preallocation fails, we should notice that at the first call to |
| 3288 | alloc_root. |
| 3289 | */ |
| 3290 | void init_for_queries(); |
| 3291 | void update_all_stats(); |
| 3292 | void update_stats(void); |
| 3293 | void change_user(void); |
| 3294 | void cleanup(void); |
| 3295 | void cleanup_after_query(); |
| 3296 | void free_connection(); |
| 3297 | void reset_for_reuse(); |
| 3298 | bool store_globals(); |
| 3299 | void reset_globals(); |
| 3300 | #ifdef SIGNAL_WITH_VIO_CLOSE |
| 3301 | inline void set_active_vio(Vio* vio) |
| 3302 | { |
| 3303 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data); |
| 3304 | active_vio = vio; |
| 3305 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data); |
| 3306 | } |
| 3307 | inline void clear_active_vio() |
| 3308 | { |
| 3309 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data); |
| 3310 | active_vio = 0; |
| 3311 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data); |
| 3312 | } |
| 3313 | void close_active_vio(); |
| 3314 | #endif |
| 3315 | void awake_no_mutex(killed_state state_to_set); |
| 3316 | void awake(killed_state state_to_set) |
| 3317 | { |
| 3318 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill); |
| 3319 | awake_no_mutex(state_to_set); |
| 3320 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill); |
| 3321 | } |
| 3322 | |
| 3323 | /** Disconnect the associated communication endpoint. */ |
| 3324 | void disconnect(); |
| 3325 | |
| 3326 | |
| 3327 | /* |
| 3328 | Allows this thread to serve as a target for others to schedule Async |
| 3329 | Procedure Calls on. |
| 3330 | |
| 3331 | It's possible to schedule any code to be executed this way, by |
| 3332 | inheriting from the Apc_call object. Currently, only |
| 3333 | Show_explain_request uses this. |
| 3334 | */ |
| 3335 | Apc_target apc_target; |
| 3336 | |
| 3337 | #ifndef MYSQL_CLIENT |
| 3338 | enum enum_binlog_query_type { |
| 3339 | /* The query can be logged in row format or in statement format. */ |
| 3340 | ROW_QUERY_TYPE, |
| 3341 | |
| 3342 | /* The query has to be logged in statement format. */ |
| 3343 | STMT_QUERY_TYPE, |
| 3344 | |
| 3345 | QUERY_TYPE_COUNT |
| 3346 | }; |
| 3347 | |
| 3348 | int binlog_query(enum_binlog_query_type qtype, |
| 3349 | char const *query, ulong query_len, bool is_trans, |
| 3350 | bool direct, bool suppress_use, |
| 3351 | int errcode); |
| 3352 | #endif |
| 3353 | |
| 3354 | inline void |
| 3355 | enter_cond(mysql_cond_t *cond, mysql_mutex_t* mutex, |
| 3356 | const PSI_stage_info *stage, PSI_stage_info *old_stage, |
| 3357 | const char *src_function, const char *src_file, |
| 3358 | int src_line) |
| 3359 | { |
| 3360 | mysql_mutex_assert_owner(mutex); |
| 3361 | mysys_var->current_mutex = mutex; |
| 3362 | mysys_var->current_cond = cond; |
| 3363 | if (old_stage) |
| 3364 | backup_stage(old_stage); |
| 3365 | if (stage) |
| 3366 | enter_stage(stage, src_function, src_file, src_line); |
| 3367 | } |
| 3368 | inline void exit_cond(const PSI_stage_info *stage, |
| 3369 | const char *src_function, const char *src_file, |
| 3370 | int src_line) |
| 3371 | { |
| 3372 | /* |
| 3373 | Putting the mutex unlock in thd->exit_cond() ensures that |
| 3374 | mysys_var->current_mutex is always unlocked _before_ mysys_var->mutex is |
| 3375 | locked (if that would not be the case, you'll get a deadlock if someone |
| 3376 | does a THD::awake() on you). |
| 3377 | */ |
| 3378 | mysql_mutex_unlock(mysys_var->current_mutex); |
| 3379 | mysql_mutex_lock(&mysys_var->mutex); |
| 3380 | mysys_var->current_mutex = 0; |
| 3381 | mysys_var->current_cond = 0; |
| 3382 | if (stage) |
| 3383 | enter_stage(stage, src_function, src_file, src_line); |
| 3384 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&mysys_var->mutex); |
| 3385 | return; |
| 3386 | } |
| 3387 | virtual int is_killed() { return killed; } |
| 3388 | virtual THD* get_thd() { return this; } |
| 3389 | |
| 3390 | /** |
| 3391 | A callback to the server internals that is used to address |
| 3392 | special cases of the locking protocol. |
| 3393 | Invoked when acquiring an exclusive lock, for each thread that |
| 3394 | has a conflicting shared metadata lock. |
| 3395 | |
| 3396 | This function: |
| 3397 | - aborts waiting of the thread on a data lock, to make it notice |
| 3398 | the pending exclusive lock and back off. |
| 3399 | - if the thread is an INSERT DELAYED thread, sends it a KILL |
| 3400 | signal to terminate it. |
| 3401 | |
| 3402 | @note This function does not wait for the thread to give away its |
| 3403 | locks. Waiting is done outside for all threads at once. |
| 3404 | |
| 3405 | @param ctx_in_use The MDL context owner (thread) to wake up. |
| 3406 | @param needs_thr_lock_abort Indicates that to wake up thread |
| 3407 | this call needs to abort its waiting |
| 3408 | on table-level lock. |
| 3409 | |
| 3410 | @retval TRUE if the thread was woken up |
| 3411 | @retval FALSE otherwise. |
| 3412 | */ |
| 3413 | virtual bool notify_shared_lock(MDL_context_owner *ctx_in_use, |
| 3414 | bool needs_thr_lock_abort); |
| 3415 | |
| 3416 | // End implementation of MDL_context_owner interface. |
| 3417 | |
| 3418 | inline bool is_strict_mode() const |
| 3419 | { |
| 3420 | return (bool) (variables.sql_mode & (MODE_STRICT_TRANS_TABLES | |
| 3421 | MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES)); |
| 3422 | } |
| 3423 | inline bool backslash_escapes() const |
| 3424 | { |
| 3425 | return !MY_TEST(variables.sql_mode & MODE_NO_BACKSLASH_ESCAPES); |
| 3426 | } |
| 3427 | const Type_handler *type_handler_for_date() const; |
| 3428 | bool timestamp_to_TIME(MYSQL_TIME *ltime, my_time_t ts, |
| 3429 | ulong sec_part, ulonglong fuzzydate); |
| 3430 | inline my_time_t query_start() { return start_time; } |
| 3431 | inline ulong query_start_sec_part() |
| 3432 | { query_start_sec_part_used=1; return start_time_sec_part; } |
| 3433 | MYSQL_TIME query_start_TIME(); |
| 3434 | |
| 3435 | private: |
| 3436 | struct { |
| 3437 | my_hrtime_t start; |
| 3438 | my_time_t sec; |
| 3439 | ulong sec_part; |
| 3440 | } system_time; |
| 3441 | |
| 3442 | void set_system_time() |
| 3443 | { |
| 3444 | my_hrtime_t hrtime= my_hrtime(); |
| 3445 | my_time_t sec= hrtime_to_my_time(hrtime); |
| 3446 | ulong sec_part= hrtime_sec_part(hrtime); |
| 3447 | if (sec > system_time.sec || |
| 3448 | (sec == system_time.sec && sec_part > system_time.sec_part) || |
| 3449 | hrtime.val < system_time.start.val) |
| 3450 | { |
| 3451 | system_time.sec= sec; |
| 3452 | system_time.sec_part= sec_part; |
| 3453 | } |
| 3454 | else |
| 3455 | { |
| 3456 | if (system_time.sec_part < TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART) |
| 3457 | system_time.sec_part++; |
| 3458 | else |
| 3459 | { |
| 3460 | system_time.sec++; |
| 3461 | system_time.sec_part= 0; |
| 3462 | } |
| 3463 | } |
| 3464 | } |
| 3465 | |
| 3466 | public: |
| 3467 | timeval transaction_time() |
| 3468 | { |
| 3469 | if (!in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode()) |
| 3470 | transaction.start_time.reset(this); |
| 3471 | return transaction.start_time; |
| 3472 | } |
| 3473 | |
| 3474 | inline void set_start_time() |
| 3475 | { |
| 3476 | if (user_time.val) |
| 3477 | { |
| 3478 | start_time= hrtime_to_my_time(user_time); |
| 3479 | start_time_sec_part= hrtime_sec_part(user_time); |
| 3480 | } |
| 3481 | else |
| 3482 | { |
| 3483 | set_system_time(); |
| 3484 | start_time= system_time.sec; |
| 3485 | start_time_sec_part= system_time.sec_part; |
| 3486 | } |
| 3487 | PSI_CALL_set_thread_start_time(start_time); |
| 3488 | } |
| 3489 | inline void set_time() |
| 3490 | { |
| 3491 | set_start_time(); |
| 3492 | start_utime= utime_after_lock= microsecond_interval_timer(); |
| 3493 | } |
| 3494 | /* only used in SET @@timestamp=... */ |
| 3495 | inline void set_time(my_hrtime_t t) |
| 3496 | { |
| 3497 | user_time= t; |
| 3498 | set_time(); |
| 3499 | } |
| 3500 | /* |
| 3501 | this is only used by replication and BINLOG command. |
| 3502 | usecs > TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART means "was not in binlog" |
| 3503 | */ |
| 3504 | inline void set_time(my_time_t t, ulong sec_part) |
| 3505 | { |
| 3506 | if (opt_secure_timestamp > (slave_thread ? SECTIME_REPL : SECTIME_SUPER)) |
| 3507 | set_time(); // note that BINLOG itself requires SUPER |
| 3508 | else |
| 3509 | { |
| 3510 | if (sec_part <= TIME_MAX_SECOND_PART) |
| 3511 | { |
| 3512 | start_time= system_time.sec= t; |
| 3513 | start_time_sec_part= system_time.sec_part= sec_part; |
| 3514 | } |
| 3515 | else if (t != system_time.sec) |
| 3516 | { |
| 3517 | start_time= system_time.sec= t; |
| 3518 | start_time_sec_part= system_time.sec_part= 0; |
| 3519 | } |
| 3520 | else |
| 3521 | { |
| 3522 | start_time= t; |
| 3523 | start_time_sec_part= ++system_time.sec_part; |
| 3524 | } |
| 3525 | user_time.val= hrtime_from_time(start_time) + start_time_sec_part; |
| 3526 | PSI_CALL_set_thread_start_time(start_time); |
| 3527 | start_utime= utime_after_lock= microsecond_interval_timer(); |
| 3528 | } |
| 3529 | } |
| 3530 | void set_time_after_lock() |
| 3531 | { |
| 3532 | utime_after_lock= microsecond_interval_timer(); |
| 3533 | MYSQL_SET_STATEMENT_LOCK_TIME(m_statement_psi, |
| 3534 | (utime_after_lock - start_utime)); |
| 3535 | } |
| 3536 | ulonglong current_utime() { return microsecond_interval_timer(); } |
| 3537 | |
| 3538 | /* Tell SHOW PROCESSLIST to show time from this point */ |
| 3539 | inline void set_time_for_next_stage() |
| 3540 | { |
| 3541 | utime_after_query= current_utime(); |
| 3542 | } |
| 3543 | |
| 3544 | /** |
| 3545 | Update server status after execution of a top level statement. |
| 3546 | Currently only checks if a query was slow, and assigns |
| 3547 | the status accordingly. |
| 3548 | Evaluate the current time, and if it exceeds the long-query-time |
| 3549 | setting, mark the query as slow. |
| 3550 | */ |
| 3551 | void update_server_status() |
| 3552 | { |
| 3553 | set_time_for_next_stage(); |
| 3554 | if (utime_after_query >= utime_after_lock + variables.long_query_time) |
| 3555 | server_status|= SERVER_QUERY_WAS_SLOW; |
| 3556 | } |
| 3557 | inline ulonglong found_rows(void) |
| 3558 | { |
| 3559 | return limit_found_rows; |
| 3560 | } |
| 3561 | /** |
| 3562 | Returns TRUE if session is in a multi-statement transaction mode. |
| 3563 | |
| 3564 | OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT: When autocommit is off, a multi-statement |
| 3565 | transaction is implicitly started on the first statement after a |
| 3566 | previous transaction has been ended. |
| 3567 | |
| 3568 | OPTION_BEGIN: Regardless of the autocommit status, a multi-statement |
| 3569 | transaction can be explicitly started with the statements "START |
| 3570 | TRANSACTION", "BEGIN [WORK]", "[COMMIT | ROLLBACK] AND CHAIN", etc. |
| 3571 | |
| 3572 | Note: this doesn't tell you whether a transaction is active. |
| 3573 | A session can be in multi-statement transaction mode, and yet |
| 3574 | have no active transaction, e.g., in case of: |
| 3575 | set @@autocommit=0; |
| 3576 | set @a= 3; <-- these statements don't |
| 3577 | set transaction isolation level serializable; <-- start an active |
| 3578 | flush tables; <-- transaction |
| 3579 | |
| 3580 | I.e. for the above scenario this function returns TRUE, even |
| 3581 | though no active transaction has begun. |
| 3582 | @sa in_active_multi_stmt_transaction() |
| 3583 | */ |
| 3584 | inline bool in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode() |
| 3585 | { |
| 3586 | return variables.option_bits & (OPTION_NOT_AUTOCOMMIT | OPTION_BEGIN); |
| 3587 | } |
| 3588 | /** |
| 3589 | TRUE if the session is in a multi-statement transaction mode |
| 3590 | (@sa in_multi_stmt_transaction_mode()) *and* there is an |
| 3591 | active transaction, i.e. there is an explicit start of a |
| 3592 | transaction with BEGIN statement, or implicit with a |
| 3593 | statement that uses a transactional engine. |
| 3594 | |
| 3595 | For example, these scenarios don't start an active transaction |
| 3596 | (even though the server is in multi-statement transaction mode): |
| 3597 | |
| 3598 | set @@autocommit=0; |
| 3599 | select * from nontrans_table; |
| 3600 | set @var=TRUE; |
| 3601 | flush tables; |
| 3602 | |
| 3603 | Note, that even for a statement that starts a multi-statement |
| 3604 | transaction (i.e. select * from trans_table), this |
| 3605 | flag won't be set until we open the statement's tables |
| 3606 | and the engines register themselves for the transaction |
| 3607 | (see trans_register_ha()), |
| 3608 | hence this method is reliable to use only after |
| 3609 | open_tables() has completed. |
| 3610 | |
| 3611 | Why do we need a flag? |
| 3612 | ---------------------- |
| 3613 | We need to maintain a (at first glance redundant) |
| 3614 | session flag, rather than looking at thd->transaction.all.ha_list |
| 3615 | because of explicit start of a transaction with BEGIN. |
| 3616 | |
| 3617 | I.e. in case of |
| 3618 | BEGIN; |
| 3619 | select * from nontrans_t1; <-- in_active_multi_stmt_transaction() is true |
| 3620 | */ |
| 3621 | inline bool in_active_multi_stmt_transaction() |
| 3622 | { |
| 3623 | return server_status & SERVER_STATUS_IN_TRANS; |
| 3624 | } |
| 3625 | inline bool fill_derived_tables() |
| 3626 | { |
| 3627 | return !stmt_arena->is_stmt_prepare() && !lex->only_view_structure(); |
| 3628 | } |
| 3629 | inline bool fill_information_schema_tables() |
| 3630 | { |
| 3631 | return !stmt_arena->is_stmt_prepare(); |
| 3632 | } |
| 3633 | inline void* trans_alloc(size_t size) |
| 3634 | { |
| 3635 | return alloc_root(&transaction.mem_root,size); |
| 3636 | } |
| 3637 | |
| 3638 | LEX_STRING *make_lex_string(LEX_STRING *lex_str, const char* str, size_t length) |
| 3639 | { |
| 3640 | if (!(lex_str->str= strmake_root(mem_root, str, length))) |
| 3641 | { |
| 3642 | lex_str->length= 0; |
| 3643 | return 0; |
| 3644 | } |
| 3645 | lex_str->length= length; |
| 3646 | return lex_str; |
| 3647 | } |
| 3648 | LEX_CSTRING *make_lex_string(LEX_CSTRING *lex_str, const char* str, size_t length) |
| 3649 | { |
| 3650 | if (!(lex_str->str= strmake_root(mem_root, str, length))) |
| 3651 | { |
| 3652 | lex_str->length= 0; |
| 3653 | return 0; |
| 3654 | } |
| 3655 | lex_str->length= length; |
| 3656 | return lex_str; |
| 3657 | } |
| 3658 | // Remove double quotes: aaa""bbb -> aaa"bbb |
| 3659 | bool quote_unescape(LEX_CSTRING *dst, const LEX_CSTRING *src, char quote) |
| 3660 | { |
| 3661 | const char *tmp= src->str; |
| 3662 | const char *tmpend= src->str + src->length; |
| 3663 | char *to; |
| 3664 | if (!(dst->str= to= (char *) alloc(src->length + 1))) |
| 3665 | { |
| 3666 | dst->length= 0; // Safety |
| 3667 | return true; |
| 3668 | } |
| 3669 | for ( ; tmp < tmpend; ) |
| 3670 | { |
| 3671 | if ((*to++= *tmp++) == quote) |
| 3672 | tmp++; // Skip double quotes |
| 3673 | } |
| 3674 | *to= 0; // End null for safety |
| 3675 | dst->length= to - dst->str; |
| 3676 | return false; |
| 3677 | } |
| 3678 | |
| 3679 | LEX_CSTRING *make_clex_string(const char* str, size_t length) |
| 3680 | { |
| 3681 | LEX_CSTRING *lex_str; |
| 3682 | char *tmp; |
| 3683 | if (unlikely(!(lex_str= (LEX_CSTRING *)alloc_root(mem_root, |
| 3684 | sizeof(LEX_CSTRING) + |
| 3685 | length+1)))) |
| 3686 | return 0; |
| 3687 | tmp= (char*) (lex_str+1); |
| 3688 | lex_str->str= tmp; |
| 3689 | memcpy(tmp, str, length); |
| 3690 | tmp[length]= 0; |
| 3691 | lex_str->length= length; |
| 3692 | return lex_str; |
| 3693 | } |
| 3694 | |
| 3695 | // Allocate LEX_STRING for character set conversion |
| 3696 | bool alloc_lex_string(LEX_STRING *dst, size_t length) |
| 3697 | { |
| 3698 | if (likely((dst->str= (char*) alloc(length)))) |
| 3699 | return false; |
| 3700 | dst->length= 0; // Safety |
| 3701 | return true; // EOM |
| 3702 | } |
| 3703 | bool convert_string(LEX_STRING *to, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs, |
| 3704 | const char *from, size_t from_length, |
| 3705 | CHARSET_INFO *from_cs); |
| 3706 | bool convert_string(LEX_CSTRING *to, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs, |
| 3707 | const char *from, size_t from_length, |
| 3708 | CHARSET_INFO *from_cs) |
| 3709 | { |
| 3710 | LEX_STRING tmp; |
| 3711 | bool rc= convert_string(&tmp, to_cs, from, from_length, from_cs); |
| 3712 | to->str= tmp.str; |
| 3713 | to->length= tmp.length; |
| 3714 | return rc; |
| 3715 | } |
| 3716 | bool convert_string(LEX_CSTRING *to, CHARSET_INFO *tocs, |
| 3717 | const LEX_CSTRING *from, CHARSET_INFO *fromcs, |
| 3718 | bool simple_copy_is_possible) |
| 3719 | { |
| 3720 | if (!simple_copy_is_possible) |
| 3721 | return unlikely(convert_string(to, tocs, from->str, from->length, fromcs)); |
| 3722 | *to= *from; |
| 3723 | return false; |
| 3724 | } |
| 3725 | /* |
| 3726 | Convert a strings between character sets. |
| 3727 | Uses my_convert_fix(), which uses an mb_wc .. mc_mb loop internally. |
| 3728 | dstcs and srccs cannot be &my_charset_bin. |
| 3729 | */ |
| 3730 | bool convert_fix(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst, |
| 3731 | CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, size_t src_length, |
| 3732 | String_copier *status); |
| 3733 | |
| 3734 | /* |
| 3735 | Same as above, but additionally sends ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING |
| 3736 | in case of bad byte sequences or Unicode conversion problems. |
| 3737 | */ |
| 3738 | bool convert_with_error(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst, |
| 3739 | CHARSET_INFO *srccs, |
| 3740 | const char *src, size_t src_length); |
| 3741 | /* |
| 3742 | If either "dstcs" or "srccs" is &my_charset_bin, |
| 3743 | then performs native copying using cs->cset->copy_fix(). |
| 3744 | Otherwise, performs Unicode conversion using convert_fix(). |
| 3745 | */ |
| 3746 | bool copy_fix(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst, |
| 3747 | CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, size_t src_length, |
| 3748 | String_copier *status); |
| 3749 | |
| 3750 | /* |
| 3751 | Same as above, but additionally sends ER_INVALID_CHARACTER_STRING |
| 3752 | in case of bad byte sequences or Unicode conversion problems. |
| 3753 | */ |
| 3754 | bool copy_with_error(CHARSET_INFO *dstcs, LEX_STRING *dst, |
| 3755 | CHARSET_INFO *srccs, const char *src, size_t src_length); |
| 3756 | |
| 3757 | bool convert_string(String *s, CHARSET_INFO *from_cs, CHARSET_INFO *to_cs); |
| 3758 | |
| 3759 | /* |
| 3760 | Check if the string is wellformed, raise an error if not wellformed. |
| 3761 | @param str - The string to check. |
| 3762 | @param length - the string length. |
| 3763 | */ |
| 3764 | bool check_string_for_wellformedness(const char *str, |
| 3765 | size_t length, |
| 3766 | CHARSET_INFO *cs) const; |
| 3767 | |
| 3768 | bool to_ident_sys_alloc(Lex_ident_sys_st *to, const Lex_ident_cli_st *from); |
| 3769 | |
| 3770 | /* |
| 3771 | Create a string literal with optional client->connection conversion. |
| 3772 | @param str - the string in the client character set |
| 3773 | @param length - length of the string |
| 3774 | @param repertoire - the repertoire of the string |
| 3775 | */ |
| 3776 | Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal(const char *str, size_t length, |
| 3777 | uint repertoire); |
| 3778 | Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal(const Lex_string_with_metadata_st &str) |
| 3779 | { |
| 3780 | uint repertoire= str.repertoire(variables.character_set_client); |
| 3781 | return make_string_literal(str.str, str.length, repertoire); |
| 3782 | } |
| 3783 | Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal_nchar(const Lex_string_with_metadata_st &str); |
| 3784 | Item_basic_constant *make_string_literal_charset(const Lex_string_with_metadata_st &str, |
| 3785 | CHARSET_INFO *cs); |
| 3786 | bool make_text_string_sys(LEX_CSTRING *to, |
| 3787 | const Lex_string_with_metadata_st *from) |
| 3788 | { |
| 3789 | return convert_string(to, system_charset_info, |
| 3790 | from, charset(), charset_is_system_charset); |
| 3791 | } |
| 3792 | bool make_text_string_connection(LEX_CSTRING *to, |
| 3793 | const Lex_string_with_metadata_st *from) |
| 3794 | { |
| 3795 | return convert_string(to, variables.collation_connection, |
| 3796 | from, charset(), charset_is_collation_connection); |
| 3797 | } |
| 3798 | bool make_text_string_filesystem(LEX_CSTRING *to, |
| 3799 | const Lex_string_with_metadata_st *from) |
| 3800 | { |
| 3801 | return convert_string(to, variables.character_set_filesystem, |
| 3802 | from, charset(), charset_is_character_set_filesystem); |
| 3803 | } |
| 3804 | void add_changed_table(TABLE *table); |
| 3805 | void add_changed_table(const char *key, size_t key_length); |
| 3806 | CHANGED_TABLE_LIST * changed_table_dup(const char *key, size_t key_length); |
| 3807 | void prepare_explain_fields(select_result *result, List<Item> *field_list, |
| 3808 | uint8 explain_flags, bool is_analyze); |
| 3809 | int send_explain_fields(select_result *result, uint8 explain_flags, |
| 3810 | bool is_analyze); |
| 3811 | void make_explain_field_list(List<Item> &field_list, uint8 explain_flags, |
| 3812 | bool is_analyze); |
| 3813 | void make_explain_json_field_list(List<Item> &field_list, bool is_analyze); |
| 3814 | |
| 3815 | /** |
| 3816 | Clear the current error, if any. |
| 3817 | We do not clear is_fatal_error or is_fatal_sub_stmt_error since we |
| 3818 | assume this is never called if the fatal error is set. |
| 3819 | |
| 3820 | @todo: To silence an error, one should use Internal_error_handler |
| 3821 | mechanism. Issuing an error that can be possibly later "cleared" is not |
| 3822 | compatible with other installed error handlers and audit plugins. |
| 3823 | */ |
| 3824 | inline void clear_error(bool clear_diagnostics= 0) |
| 3825 | { |
| 3826 | DBUG_ENTER("clear_error" ); |
| 3827 | if (get_stmt_da()->is_error() || clear_diagnostics) |
| 3828 | get_stmt_da()->reset_diagnostics_area(); |
| 3829 | is_slave_error= 0; |
| 3830 | if (killed == KILL_BAD_DATA) |
| 3831 | reset_killed(); |
| 3832 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 3833 | } |
| 3834 | |
| 3835 | #ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY |
| 3836 | inline bool vio_ok() const { return net.vio != 0; } |
| 3837 | /** Return FALSE if connection to client is broken. */ |
| 3838 | bool is_connected() |
| 3839 | { |
| 3840 | /* |
| 3841 | All system threads (e.g., the slave IO thread) are connected but |
| 3842 | not using vio. So this function always returns true for all |
| 3843 | system threads. |
| 3844 | */ |
| 3845 | return system_thread || (vio_ok() ? vio_is_connected(net.vio) : FALSE); |
| 3846 | } |
| 3847 | #else |
| 3848 | inline bool vio_ok() const { return TRUE; } |
| 3849 | inline bool is_connected() { return TRUE; } |
| 3850 | #endif |
| 3851 | /** |
| 3852 | Mark the current error as fatal. Warning: this does not |
| 3853 | set any error, it sets a property of the error, so must be |
| 3854 | followed or prefixed with my_error(). |
| 3855 | */ |
| 3856 | inline void fatal_error() |
| 3857 | { |
| 3858 | DBUG_ASSERT(get_stmt_da()->is_error() || killed); |
| 3859 | is_fatal_error= 1; |
| 3860 | DBUG_PRINT("error" ,("Fatal error set" )); |
| 3861 | } |
| 3862 | /** |
| 3863 | TRUE if there is an error in the error stack. |
| 3864 | |
| 3865 | Please use this method instead of direct access to |
| 3866 | net.report_error. |
| 3867 | |
| 3868 | If TRUE, the current (sub)-statement should be aborted. |
| 3869 | The main difference between this member and is_fatal_error |
| 3870 | is that a fatal error can not be handled by a stored |
| 3871 | procedure continue handler, whereas a normal error can. |
| 3872 | |
| 3873 | To raise this flag, use my_error(). |
| 3874 | */ |
| 3875 | inline bool is_error() const { return m_stmt_da->is_error(); } |
| 3876 | void set_bulk_execution(void *bulk) |
| 3877 | { |
| 3878 | bulk_param= bulk; |
| 3879 | m_stmt_da->set_bulk_execution(MY_TEST(bulk)); |
| 3880 | } |
| 3881 | bool is_bulk_op() const { return MY_TEST(bulk_param); } |
| 3882 | |
| 3883 | /// Returns Diagnostics-area for the current statement. |
| 3884 | Diagnostics_area *get_stmt_da() |
| 3885 | { return m_stmt_da; } |
| 3886 | |
| 3887 | /// Returns Diagnostics-area for the current statement. |
| 3888 | const Diagnostics_area *get_stmt_da() const |
| 3889 | { return m_stmt_da; } |
| 3890 | |
| 3891 | /// Sets Diagnostics-area for the current statement. |
| 3892 | void set_stmt_da(Diagnostics_area *da) |
| 3893 | { m_stmt_da= da; } |
| 3894 | |
| 3895 | inline CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return variables.character_set_client; } |
| 3896 | void update_charset(); |
| 3897 | void update_charset(CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client, |
| 3898 | CHARSET_INFO *collation_connection) |
| 3899 | { |
| 3900 | variables.character_set_client= character_set_client; |
| 3901 | variables.collation_connection= collation_connection; |
| 3902 | update_charset(); |
| 3903 | } |
| 3904 | void update_charset(CHARSET_INFO *character_set_client, |
| 3905 | CHARSET_INFO *collation_connection, |
| 3906 | CHARSET_INFO *character_set_results) |
| 3907 | { |
| 3908 | variables.character_set_client= character_set_client; |
| 3909 | variables.collation_connection= collation_connection; |
| 3910 | variables.character_set_results= character_set_results; |
| 3911 | update_charset(); |
| 3912 | } |
| 3913 | |
| 3914 | inline Query_arena *activate_stmt_arena_if_needed(Query_arena *backup) |
| 3915 | { |
| 3916 | /* |
| 3917 | Use the persistent arena if we are in a prepared statement or a stored |
| 3918 | procedure statement and we have not already changed to use this arena. |
| 3919 | */ |
| 3920 | if (!stmt_arena->is_conventional() && mem_root != stmt_arena->mem_root) |
| 3921 | { |
| 3922 | set_n_backup_active_arena(stmt_arena, backup); |
| 3923 | return stmt_arena; |
| 3924 | } |
| 3925 | return 0; |
| 3926 | } |
| 3927 | |
| 3928 | void change_item_tree(Item **place, Item *new_value) |
| 3929 | { |
| 3930 | DBUG_ENTER("THD::change_item_tree" ); |
| 3931 | DBUG_PRINT("enter" , ("Register: %p (%p) <- %p" , |
| 3932 | *place, place, new_value)); |
| 3933 | /* TODO: check for OOM condition here */ |
| 3934 | if (!stmt_arena->is_conventional()) |
| 3935 | nocheck_register_item_tree_change(place, *place, mem_root); |
| 3936 | *place= new_value; |
| 3937 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 3938 | } |
| 3939 | /** |
| 3940 | Make change in item tree after checking whether it needs registering |
| 3941 | |
| 3942 | |
| 3943 | @param place place where we should assign new value |
| 3944 | @param new_value place of the new value |
| 3945 | |
| 3946 | @details |
| 3947 | see check_and_register_item_tree_change details |
| 3948 | */ |
| 3949 | void check_and_register_item_tree(Item **place, Item **new_value) |
| 3950 | { |
| 3951 | if (!stmt_arena->is_conventional()) |
| 3952 | check_and_register_item_tree_change(place, new_value, mem_root); |
| 3953 | /* |
| 3954 | We have to use memcpy instead of *place= *new_value merge to |
| 3955 | avoid problems with strict aliasing. |
| 3956 | */ |
| 3957 | memcpy((char*) place, new_value, sizeof(*new_value)); |
| 3958 | } |
| 3959 | |
| 3960 | /* |
| 3961 | Cleanup statement parse state (parse tree, lex) and execution |
| 3962 | state after execution of a non-prepared SQL statement. |
| 3963 | */ |
| 3964 | void end_statement(); |
| 3965 | |
| 3966 | /* |
| 3967 | Mark thread to be killed, with optional error number and string. |
| 3968 | string is not released, so it has to be allocted on thd mem_root |
| 3969 | or be a global string |
| 3970 | |
| 3971 | Ensure that we don't replace a kill with a lesser one. For example |
| 3972 | if user has done 'kill_connection' we shouldn't replace it with |
| 3973 | KILL_QUERY. |
| 3974 | */ |
| 3975 | inline void set_killed(killed_state killed_arg, |
| 3976 | int killed_errno_arg= 0, |
| 3977 | const char *killed_err_msg_arg= 0) |
| 3978 | { |
| 3979 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill); |
| 3980 | set_killed_no_mutex(killed_arg, killed_errno_arg, killed_err_msg_arg); |
| 3981 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill); |
| 3982 | } |
| 3983 | /* |
| 3984 | This is only used by THD::awake where we need to keep the lock mutex |
| 3985 | locked over some time. |
| 3986 | It's ok to have this inline, as in most cases killed_errno_arg will |
| 3987 | be a constant 0 and most of the function will disappear. |
| 3988 | */ |
| 3989 | inline void set_killed_no_mutex(killed_state killed_arg, |
| 3990 | int killed_errno_arg= 0, |
| 3991 | const char *killed_err_msg_arg= 0) |
| 3992 | { |
| 3993 | if (killed <= killed_arg) |
| 3994 | { |
| 3995 | killed= killed_arg; |
| 3996 | if (killed_errno_arg) |
| 3997 | { |
| 3998 | /* |
| 3999 | If alloc fails, we only remember the killed flag. |
| 4000 | The worst things that can happen is that we get |
| 4001 | a suboptimal error message. |
| 4002 | */ |
| 4003 | if (likely((killed_err= (err_info*) alloc(sizeof(*killed_err))))) |
| 4004 | { |
| 4005 | killed_err->no= killed_errno_arg; |
| 4006 | ::strmake((char*) killed_err->msg, killed_err_msg_arg, |
| 4007 | sizeof(killed_err->msg)-1); |
| 4008 | } |
| 4009 | } |
| 4010 | } |
| 4011 | } |
| 4012 | int killed_errno(); |
| 4013 | void reset_killed(); |
| 4014 | inline void reset_kill_query() |
| 4015 | { |
| 4016 | if (killed < KILL_CONNECTION) |
| 4017 | { |
| 4018 | reset_killed(); |
| 4019 | mysys_var->abort= 0; |
| 4020 | } |
| 4021 | } |
| 4022 | inline void send_kill_message() |
| 4023 | { |
| 4024 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_kill); |
| 4025 | int err= killed_errno(); |
| 4026 | if (err) |
| 4027 | my_message(err, killed_err ? killed_err->msg : ER_THD(this, err), |
| 4028 | MYF(0)); |
| 4029 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_kill); |
| 4030 | } |
| 4031 | /* return TRUE if we will abort query if we make a warning now */ |
| 4032 | inline bool really_abort_on_warning() |
| 4033 | { |
| 4034 | return (abort_on_warning && |
| 4035 | (!transaction.stmt.modified_non_trans_table || |
| 4036 | (variables.sql_mode & MODE_STRICT_ALL_TABLES))); |
| 4037 | } |
| 4038 | void set_status_var_init(); |
| 4039 | void reset_n_backup_open_tables_state(Open_tables_backup *backup); |
| 4040 | void restore_backup_open_tables_state(Open_tables_backup *backup); |
| 4041 | void reset_sub_statement_state(Sub_statement_state *backup, uint new_state); |
| 4042 | void restore_sub_statement_state(Sub_statement_state *backup); |
| 4043 | void store_slow_query_state(Sub_statement_state *backup); |
| 4044 | void reset_slow_query_state(); |
| 4045 | void add_slow_query_state(Sub_statement_state *backup); |
| 4046 | void set_n_backup_active_arena(Query_arena *set, Query_arena *backup); |
| 4047 | void restore_active_arena(Query_arena *set, Query_arena *backup); |
| 4048 | |
| 4049 | inline void get_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format *format, |
| 4050 | enum_binlog_format *current_format) |
| 4051 | { |
| 4052 | *format= (enum_binlog_format) variables.binlog_format; |
| 4053 | *current_format= current_stmt_binlog_format; |
| 4054 | } |
| 4055 | inline void set_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format format, |
| 4056 | enum_binlog_format current_format) |
| 4057 | { |
| 4058 | DBUG_ENTER("set_binlog_format" ); |
| 4059 | variables.binlog_format= format; |
| 4060 | current_stmt_binlog_format= current_format; |
| 4061 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 4062 | } |
| 4063 | inline void set_binlog_format_stmt() |
| 4064 | { |
| 4065 | DBUG_ENTER("set_binlog_format_stmt" ); |
| 4066 | variables.binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT; |
| 4067 | current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT; |
| 4068 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 4069 | } |
| 4070 | /* |
| 4071 | @todo Make these methods private or remove them completely. Only |
| 4072 | decide_logging_format should call them. /Sven |
| 4073 | */ |
| 4074 | inline void set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row_if_mixed() |
| 4075 | { |
| 4076 | DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row_if_mixed" ); |
| 4077 | /* |
| 4078 | This should only be called from decide_logging_format. |
| 4079 | |
| 4080 | @todo Once we have ensured this, uncomment the following |
| 4081 | statement, remove the big comment below that, and remove the |
| 4082 | in_sub_stmt==0 condition from the following 'if'. |
| 4083 | */ |
| 4084 | /* DBUG_ASSERT(in_sub_stmt == 0); */ |
| 4085 | /* |
| 4086 | If in a stored/function trigger, the caller should already have done the |
| 4087 | change. We test in_sub_stmt to prevent introducing bugs where people |
| 4088 | wouldn't ensure that, and would switch to row-based mode in the middle |
| 4089 | of executing a stored function/trigger (which is too late, see also |
| 4090 | reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row()); this condition will make their |
| 4091 | tests fail and so force them to propagate the |
| 4092 | lex->binlog_row_based_if_mixed upwards to the caller. |
| 4093 | */ |
| 4094 | if ((wsrep_binlog_format() == BINLOG_FORMAT_MIXED) && (in_sub_stmt == 0)) |
| 4095 | set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row(); |
| 4096 | |
| 4097 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 4098 | } |
| 4099 | |
| 4100 | inline void set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row() |
| 4101 | { |
| 4102 | DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row" ); |
| 4103 | current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW; |
| 4104 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 4105 | } |
| 4106 | /* Set binlog format temporarily to statement. Returns old format */ |
| 4107 | inline enum_binlog_format set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt() |
| 4108 | { |
| 4109 | enum_binlog_format orig_format= current_stmt_binlog_format; |
| 4110 | DBUG_ENTER("set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt" ); |
| 4111 | current_stmt_binlog_format= BINLOG_FORMAT_STMT; |
| 4112 | DBUG_RETURN(orig_format); |
| 4113 | } |
| 4114 | inline void restore_stmt_binlog_format(enum_binlog_format format) |
| 4115 | { |
| 4116 | DBUG_ENTER("restore_stmt_binlog_format" ); |
| 4117 | DBUG_ASSERT(!is_current_stmt_binlog_format_row()); |
| 4118 | current_stmt_binlog_format= format; |
| 4119 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 4120 | } |
| 4121 | inline void reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row() |
| 4122 | { |
| 4123 | DBUG_ENTER("reset_current_stmt_binlog_format_row" ); |
| 4124 | /* |
| 4125 | If there are temporary tables, don't reset back to |
| 4126 | statement-based. Indeed it could be that: |
| 4127 | CREATE TEMPORARY TABLE t SELECT UUID(); # row-based |
| 4128 | # and row-based does not store updates to temp tables |
| 4129 | # in the binlog. |
| 4130 | INSERT INTO u SELECT * FROM t; # stmt-based |
| 4131 | and then the INSERT will fail as data inserted into t was not logged. |
| 4132 | So we continue with row-based until the temp table is dropped. |
| 4133 | If we are in a stored function or trigger, we mustn't reset in the |
| 4134 | middle of its execution (as the binary logging way of a stored function |
| 4135 | or trigger is decided when it starts executing, depending for example on |
| 4136 | the caller (for a stored function: if caller is SELECT or |
| 4137 | INSERT/UPDATE/DELETE...). |
| 4138 | */ |
| 4139 | DBUG_PRINT("debug" , |
| 4140 | ("temporary_tables: %s, in_sub_stmt: %s, system_thread: %s" , |
| 4141 | YESNO(has_thd_temporary_tables()), YESNO(in_sub_stmt), |
| 4142 | show_system_thread(system_thread))); |
| 4143 | if (in_sub_stmt == 0) |
| 4144 | { |
| 4145 | if (wsrep_binlog_format() == BINLOG_FORMAT_ROW) |
| 4146 | set_current_stmt_binlog_format_row(); |
| 4147 | else if (!has_thd_temporary_tables()) |
| 4148 | set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt(); |
| 4149 | } |
| 4150 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 4151 | } |
| 4152 | |
| 4153 | /** |
| 4154 | Set the current database; use deep copy of C-string. |
| 4155 | |
| 4156 | @param new_db a pointer to the new database name. |
| 4157 | @param new_db_len length of the new database name. |
| 4158 | |
| 4159 | Initialize the current database from a NULL-terminated string with |
| 4160 | length. If we run out of memory, we free the current database and |
| 4161 | return TRUE. This way the user will notice the error as there will be |
| 4162 | no current database selected (in addition to the error message set by |
| 4163 | malloc). |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 | @note This operation just sets {db, db_length}. Switching the current |
| 4166 | database usually involves other actions, like switching other database |
| 4167 | attributes including security context. In the future, this operation |
| 4168 | will be made private and more convenient interface will be provided. |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 | @return Operation status |
| 4171 | @retval FALSE Success |
| 4172 | @retval TRUE Out-of-memory error |
| 4173 | */ |
| 4174 | bool set_db(const LEX_CSTRING *new_db); |
| 4175 | |
| 4176 | /** Set the current database, without copying */ |
| 4177 | void reset_db(const LEX_CSTRING *new_db); |
| 4178 | |
| 4179 | /* |
| 4180 | Copy the current database to the argument. Use the current arena to |
| 4181 | allocate memory for a deep copy: current database may be freed after |
| 4182 | a statement is parsed but before it's executed. |
| 4183 | |
| 4184 | Can only be called by owner of thd (no mutex protection) |
| 4185 | */ |
| 4186 | bool copy_db_to(LEX_CSTRING *to) |
| 4187 | { |
| 4188 | if (db.str == NULL) |
| 4189 | { |
| 4190 | my_message(ER_NO_DB_ERROR, ER(ER_NO_DB_ERROR), MYF(0)); |
| 4191 | return TRUE; |
| 4192 | } |
| 4193 | to->str= strmake(db.str, db.length); |
| 4194 | to->length= db.length; |
| 4195 | return to->str == NULL; /* True on error */ |
| 4196 | } |
| 4197 | /* Get db name or "". Use for printing current db */ |
| 4198 | const char *get_db() |
| 4199 | { |
| 4200 | return db.str ? db.str : "" ; |
| 4201 | } |
| 4202 | thd_scheduler event_scheduler; |
| 4203 | |
| 4204 | public: |
| 4205 | inline Internal_error_handler *get_internal_handler() |
| 4206 | { return m_internal_handler; } |
| 4207 | |
| 4208 | /** |
| 4209 | Add an internal error handler to the thread execution context. |
| 4210 | @param handler the exception handler to add |
| 4211 | */ |
| 4212 | void push_internal_handler(Internal_error_handler *handler); |
| 4213 | |
| 4214 | private: |
| 4215 | /** |
| 4216 | Handle a sql condition. |
| 4217 | @param sql_errno the condition error number |
| 4218 | @param sqlstate the condition sqlstate |
| 4219 | @param level the condition level |
| 4220 | @param msg the condition message text |
| 4221 | @param[out] cond_hdl the sql condition raised, if any |
| 4222 | @return true if the condition is handled |
| 4223 | */ |
| 4224 | bool handle_condition(uint sql_errno, |
| 4225 | const char* sqlstate, |
| 4226 | Sql_condition::enum_warning_level *level, |
| 4227 | const char* msg, |
| 4228 | Sql_condition ** cond_hdl); |
| 4229 | |
| 4230 | public: |
| 4231 | /** |
| 4232 | Remove the error handler last pushed. |
| 4233 | */ |
| 4234 | Internal_error_handler *pop_internal_handler(); |
| 4235 | |
| 4236 | /** |
| 4237 | Raise an exception condition. |
| 4238 | @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the error |
| 4239 | */ |
| 4240 | void raise_error(uint code); |
| 4241 | |
| 4242 | /** |
| 4243 | Raise an exception condition, with a formatted message. |
| 4244 | @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the error |
| 4245 | */ |
| 4246 | void raise_error_printf(uint code, ...); |
| 4247 | |
| 4248 | /** |
| 4249 | Raise a completion condition (warning). |
| 4250 | @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the warning |
| 4251 | */ |
| 4252 | void raise_warning(uint code); |
| 4253 | |
| 4254 | /** |
| 4255 | Raise a completion condition (warning), with a formatted message. |
| 4256 | @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the warning |
| 4257 | */ |
| 4258 | void raise_warning_printf(uint code, ...); |
| 4259 | |
| 4260 | /** |
| 4261 | Raise a completion condition (note), with a fixed message. |
| 4262 | @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the note |
| 4263 | */ |
| 4264 | void raise_note(uint code); |
| 4265 | |
| 4266 | /** |
| 4267 | Raise an completion condition (note), with a formatted message. |
| 4268 | @param code the MYSQL_ERRNO error code of the note |
| 4269 | */ |
| 4270 | void raise_note_printf(uint code, ...); |
| 4271 | |
| 4272 | /** |
| 4273 | @brief Push an error message into MySQL error stack with line |
| 4274 | and position information. |
| 4275 | |
| 4276 | This function provides semantic action implementers with a way |
| 4277 | to push the famous "You have a syntax error near..." error |
| 4278 | message into the error stack, which is normally produced only if |
| 4279 | a parse error is discovered internally by the Bison generated |
| 4280 | parser. |
| 4281 | */ |
| 4282 | void parse_error(const char *err_text, const char *yytext) |
| 4283 | { |
| 4284 | Lex_input_stream *lip= &m_parser_state->m_lip; |
| 4285 | if (!yytext && !(yytext= lip->get_tok_start())) |
| 4286 | yytext= "" ; |
| 4287 | /* Push an error into the error stack */ |
| 4288 | ErrConvString err(yytext, strlen(yytext), variables.character_set_client); |
| 4289 | my_printf_error(ER_PARSE_ERROR, ER_THD(this, ER_PARSE_ERROR), MYF(0), |
| 4290 | err_text, err.ptr(), lip->yylineno); |
| 4291 | } |
| 4292 | void parse_error(uint err_number, const char *yytext= 0) |
| 4293 | { |
| 4294 | parse_error(ER_THD(this, err_number), yytext); |
| 4295 | } |
| 4296 | void parse_error() |
| 4297 | { |
| 4298 | parse_error(ER_SYNTAX_ERROR); |
| 4299 | } |
| 4300 | #ifdef mysqld_error_find_printf_error_used |
| 4301 | void parse_error(const char *t) |
| 4302 | { |
| 4303 | } |
| 4304 | #endif |
| 4305 | private: |
| 4306 | /* |
| 4307 | Only the implementation of the SIGNAL and RESIGNAL statements |
| 4308 | is permitted to raise SQL conditions in a generic way, |
| 4309 | or to raise them by bypassing handlers (RESIGNAL). |
| 4310 | To raise a SQL condition, the code should use the public |
| 4311 | raise_error() or raise_warning() methods provided by class THD. |
| 4312 | */ |
| 4313 | friend class Sql_cmd_common_signal; |
| 4314 | friend class Sql_cmd_signal; |
| 4315 | friend class Sql_cmd_resignal; |
| 4316 | friend void push_warning(THD*, Sql_condition::enum_warning_level, uint, const char*); |
| 4317 | friend void my_message_sql(uint, const char *, myf); |
| 4318 | |
| 4319 | /** |
| 4320 | Raise a generic SQL condition. |
| 4321 | @param sql_errno the condition error number |
| 4322 | @param sqlstate the condition SQLSTATE |
| 4323 | @param level the condition level |
| 4324 | @param msg the condition message text |
| 4325 | @return The condition raised, or NULL |
| 4326 | */ |
| 4327 | Sql_condition* |
| 4328 | raise_condition(uint sql_errno, |
| 4329 | const char* sqlstate, |
| 4330 | Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level, |
| 4331 | const char* msg) |
| 4332 | { |
| 4333 | return raise_condition(sql_errno, sqlstate, level, |
| 4334 | Sql_user_condition_identity(), msg); |
| 4335 | } |
| 4336 | |
| 4337 | /** |
| 4338 | Raise a generic or a user defined SQL condition. |
| 4339 | @param ucid - the user condition identity |
| 4340 | (or an empty identity if not a user condition) |
| 4341 | @param sql_errno - the condition error number |
| 4342 | @param sqlstate - the condition SQLSTATE |
| 4343 | @param level - the condition level |
| 4344 | @param msg - the condition message text |
| 4345 | @return The condition raised, or NULL |
| 4346 | */ |
| 4347 | Sql_condition* |
| 4348 | raise_condition(uint sql_errno, |
| 4349 | const char* sqlstate, |
| 4350 | Sql_condition::enum_warning_level level, |
| 4351 | const Sql_user_condition_identity &ucid, |
| 4352 | const char* msg); |
| 4353 | |
| 4354 | Sql_condition* |
| 4355 | raise_condition(const Sql_condition *cond) |
| 4356 | { |
| 4357 | Sql_condition *raised= raise_condition(cond->get_sql_errno(), |
| 4358 | cond->get_sqlstate(), |
| 4359 | cond->get_level(), |
| 4360 | *cond/*Sql_user_condition_identity*/, |
| 4361 | cond->get_message_text()); |
| 4362 | if (raised) |
| 4363 | raised->copy_opt_attributes(cond); |
| 4364 | return raised; |
| 4365 | } |
| 4366 | |
| 4367 | public: |
| 4368 | /** Overloaded to guard query/query_length fields */ |
| 4369 | virtual void set_statement(Statement *stmt); |
| 4370 | void set_command(enum enum_server_command command) |
| 4371 | { |
| 4372 | m_command= command; |
| 4373 | #ifdef HAVE_PSI_THREAD_INTERFACE |
| 4374 | PSI_STATEMENT_CALL(set_thread_command)(m_command); |
| 4375 | #endif |
| 4376 | } |
| 4377 | inline enum enum_server_command get_command() const |
| 4378 | { return m_command; } |
| 4379 | |
| 4380 | /** |
| 4381 | Assign a new value to thd->query and thd->query_id and mysys_var. |
| 4382 | Protected with LOCK_thd_data mutex. |
| 4383 | */ |
| 4384 | void set_query(char *query_arg, size_t query_length_arg, |
| 4385 | CHARSET_INFO *cs_arg) |
| 4386 | { |
| 4387 | set_query(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, cs_arg)); |
| 4388 | } |
| 4389 | void set_query(char *query_arg, size_t query_length_arg) /*Mutex protected*/ |
| 4390 | { |
| 4391 | set_query(CSET_STRING(query_arg, query_length_arg, charset())); |
| 4392 | } |
| 4393 | void set_query(const CSET_STRING &string_arg) |
| 4394 | { |
| 4395 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data); |
| 4396 | set_query_inner(string_arg); |
| 4397 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data); |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 | PSI_CALL_set_thread_info(query(), query_length()); |
| 4400 | } |
| 4401 | void reset_query() /* Mutex protected */ |
| 4402 | { set_query(CSET_STRING()); } |
| 4403 | void set_query_and_id(char *query_arg, uint32 query_length_arg, |
| 4404 | CHARSET_INFO *cs, query_id_t new_query_id); |
| 4405 | void set_query_id(query_id_t new_query_id) |
| 4406 | { |
| 4407 | query_id= new_query_id; |
| 4408 | } |
| 4409 | void set_open_tables(TABLE *open_tables_arg) |
| 4410 | { |
| 4411 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thd_data); |
| 4412 | open_tables= open_tables_arg; |
| 4413 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thd_data); |
| 4414 | } |
| 4415 | void set_mysys_var(struct st_my_thread_var *new_mysys_var); |
| 4416 | void enter_locked_tables_mode(enum_locked_tables_mode mode_arg) |
| 4417 | { |
| 4418 | DBUG_ASSERT(locked_tables_mode == LTM_NONE); |
| 4419 | |
| 4420 | if (mode_arg == LTM_LOCK_TABLES) |
| 4421 | { |
| 4422 | /* |
| 4423 | When entering LOCK TABLES mode we should set explicit duration |
| 4424 | for all metadata locks acquired so far in order to avoid releasing |
| 4425 | them till UNLOCK TABLES statement. |
| 4426 | We don't do this when entering prelocked mode since sub-statements |
| 4427 | don't release metadata locks and restoring status-quo after leaving |
| 4428 | prelocking mode gets complicated. |
| 4429 | */ |
| 4430 | mdl_context.set_explicit_duration_for_all_locks(); |
| 4431 | } |
| 4432 | |
| 4433 | locked_tables_mode= mode_arg; |
| 4434 | } |
| 4435 | void leave_locked_tables_mode(); |
| 4436 | int decide_logging_format(TABLE_LIST *tables); |
| 4437 | |
| 4438 | enum need_invoker { INVOKER_NONE=0, INVOKER_USER, INVOKER_ROLE}; |
| 4439 | void binlog_invoker(bool role) { m_binlog_invoker= role ? INVOKER_ROLE : INVOKER_USER; } |
| 4440 | enum need_invoker need_binlog_invoker() { return m_binlog_invoker; } |
| 4441 | void get_definer(LEX_USER *definer, bool role); |
| 4442 | void set_invoker(const LEX_CSTRING *user, const LEX_CSTRING *host) |
| 4443 | { |
| 4444 | invoker.user= *user; |
| 4445 | invoker.host= *host; |
| 4446 | } |
| 4447 | LEX_CSTRING get_invoker_user() { return invoker.user; } |
| 4448 | LEX_CSTRING get_invoker_host() { return invoker.host; } |
| 4449 | bool has_invoker() { return invoker.user.length > 0; } |
| 4450 | |
| 4451 | void print_aborted_warning(uint threshold, const char *reason) |
| 4452 | { |
| 4453 | if (global_system_variables.log_warnings > threshold) |
| 4454 | { |
| 4455 | Security_context *sctx= &main_security_ctx; |
| 4456 | sql_print_warning(ER_THD(this, ER_NEW_ABORTING_CONNECTION), |
| 4457 | thread_id, (db.str ? db.str : "unconnected" ), |
| 4458 | sctx->user ? sctx->user : "unauthenticated" , |
| 4459 | sctx->host_or_ip, reason); |
| 4460 | } |
| 4461 | } |
| 4462 | |
| 4463 | public: |
| 4464 | void clear_wakeup_ready() { wakeup_ready= false; } |
| 4465 | /* |
| 4466 | Sleep waiting for others to wake us up with signal_wakeup_ready(). |
| 4467 | Must call clear_wakeup_ready() before waiting. |
| 4468 | */ |
| 4469 | void wait_for_wakeup_ready(); |
| 4470 | /* Wake this thread up from wait_for_wakeup_ready(). */ |
| 4471 | void signal_wakeup_ready(); |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 | void add_status_to_global() |
| 4474 | { |
| 4475 | DBUG_ASSERT(status_in_global == 0); |
| 4476 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_status); |
| 4477 | add_to_status(&global_status_var, &status_var); |
| 4478 | /* Mark that this THD status has already been added in global status */ |
| 4479 | status_var.global_memory_used= 0; |
| 4480 | status_in_global= 1; |
| 4481 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_status); |
| 4482 | } |
| 4483 | |
| 4484 | wait_for_commit *wait_for_commit_ptr; |
| 4485 | int wait_for_prior_commit() |
| 4486 | { |
| 4487 | if (wait_for_commit_ptr) |
| 4488 | return wait_for_commit_ptr->wait_for_prior_commit(this); |
| 4489 | return 0; |
| 4490 | } |
| 4491 | void wakeup_subsequent_commits(int wakeup_error) |
| 4492 | { |
| 4493 | if (wait_for_commit_ptr) |
| 4494 | wait_for_commit_ptr->wakeup_subsequent_commits(wakeup_error); |
| 4495 | } |
| 4496 | wait_for_commit *suspend_subsequent_commits() { |
| 4497 | wait_for_commit *suspended= wait_for_commit_ptr; |
| 4498 | wait_for_commit_ptr= NULL; |
| 4499 | return suspended; |
| 4500 | } |
| 4501 | void resume_subsequent_commits(wait_for_commit *suspended) { |
| 4502 | DBUG_ASSERT(!wait_for_commit_ptr); |
| 4503 | wait_for_commit_ptr= suspended; |
| 4504 | } |
| 4505 | |
| 4506 | void mark_transaction_to_rollback(bool all); |
| 4507 | private: |
| 4508 | |
| 4509 | /** The current internal error handler for this thread, or NULL. */ |
| 4510 | Internal_error_handler *m_internal_handler; |
| 4511 | |
| 4512 | /** |
| 4513 | The lex to hold the parsed tree of conventional (non-prepared) queries. |
| 4514 | Whereas for prepared and stored procedure statements we use an own lex |
| 4515 | instance for each new query, for conventional statements we reuse |
| 4516 | the same lex. (@see mysql_parse for details). |
| 4517 | */ |
| 4518 | LEX main_lex; |
| 4519 | /** |
| 4520 | This memory root is used for two purposes: |
| 4521 | - for conventional queries, to allocate structures stored in main_lex |
| 4522 | during parsing, and allocate runtime data (execution plan, etc.) |
| 4523 | during execution. |
| 4524 | - for prepared queries, only to allocate runtime data. The parsed |
| 4525 | tree itself is reused between executions and thus is stored elsewhere. |
| 4526 | */ |
| 4527 | MEM_ROOT main_mem_root; |
| 4528 | Diagnostics_area main_da; |
| 4529 | Diagnostics_area *m_stmt_da; |
| 4530 | |
| 4531 | /** |
| 4532 | It will be set if CURRENT_USER() or CURRENT_ROLE() is called in account |
| 4533 | management statements or default definer is set in CREATE/ALTER SP, SF, |
| 4534 | Event, TRIGGER or VIEW statements. |
| 4535 | |
| 4536 | Current user or role will be binlogged into Query_log_event if |
| 4537 | m_binlog_invoker is not NONE; It will be stored into invoker_host and |
| 4538 | invoker_user by SQL thread. |
| 4539 | */ |
| 4540 | enum need_invoker m_binlog_invoker; |
| 4541 | |
| 4542 | /** |
| 4543 | It points to the invoker in the Query_log_event. |
| 4544 | SQL thread use it as the default definer in CREATE/ALTER SP, SF, Event, |
| 4545 | TRIGGER or VIEW statements or current user in account management |
| 4546 | statements if it is not NULL. |
| 4547 | */ |
| 4548 | AUTHID invoker; |
| 4549 | |
| 4550 | public: |
| 4551 | #ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY |
| 4552 | Session_tracker session_tracker; |
| 4553 | #endif //EMBEDDED_LIBRARY |
| 4554 | /* |
| 4555 | Flag, mutex and condition for a thread to wait for a signal from another |
| 4556 | thread. |
| 4557 | |
| 4558 | Currently used to wait for group commit to complete, can also be used for |
| 4559 | other purposes. |
| 4560 | */ |
| 4561 | bool wakeup_ready; |
| 4562 | mysql_mutex_t LOCK_wakeup_ready; |
| 4563 | mysql_cond_t COND_wakeup_ready; |
| 4564 | /* |
| 4565 | The GTID assigned to the last commit. If no GTID was assigned to any commit |
| 4566 | so far, this is indicated by last_commit_gtid.seq_no == 0. |
| 4567 | */ |
| 4568 | rpl_gtid last_commit_gtid; |
| 4569 | |
| 4570 | LF_PINS *tdc_hash_pins; |
| 4571 | LF_PINS *xid_hash_pins; |
| 4572 | bool fix_xid_hash_pins(); |
| 4573 | |
| 4574 | /* Members related to temporary tables. */ |
| 4575 | public: |
| 4576 | bool has_thd_temporary_tables(); |
| 4577 | |
| 4578 | TABLE *create_and_open_tmp_table(handlerton *hton, |
| 4579 | LEX_CUSTRING *frm, |
| 4580 | const char *path, |
| 4581 | const char *db, |
| 4582 | const char *table_name, |
| 4583 | bool open_in_engine, |
| 4584 | bool open_internal_tables); |
| 4585 | |
| 4586 | TABLE *find_temporary_table(const char *db, const char *table_name); |
| 4587 | TABLE *find_temporary_table(const TABLE_LIST *tl); |
| 4588 | |
| 4589 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share_w_base_key(const char *key, |
| 4590 | uint key_length); |
| 4591 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const char *db, |
| 4592 | const char *table_name); |
| 4593 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const TABLE_LIST *tl); |
| 4594 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE *find_tmp_table_share(const char *key, size_t key_length); |
| 4595 | |
| 4596 | bool open_temporary_table(TABLE_LIST *tl); |
| 4597 | bool open_temporary_tables(TABLE_LIST *tl); |
| 4598 | |
| 4599 | bool close_temporary_tables(); |
| 4600 | bool rename_temporary_table(TABLE *table, const LEX_CSTRING *db, |
| 4601 | const LEX_CSTRING *table_name); |
| 4602 | bool drop_temporary_table(TABLE *table, bool *is_trans, bool delete_table); |
| 4603 | bool rm_temporary_table(handlerton *hton, const char *path); |
| 4604 | void mark_tmp_tables_as_free_for_reuse(); |
| 4605 | void mark_tmp_table_as_free_for_reuse(TABLE *table); |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE* save_tmp_table_share(TABLE *table); |
| 4608 | void restore_tmp_table_share(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share); |
| 4609 | |
| 4610 | private: |
| 4611 | /* Whether a lock has been acquired? */ |
| 4612 | bool m_tmp_tables_locked; |
| 4613 | |
| 4614 | /* Opened table states. */ |
| 4615 | enum Temporary_table_state { |
| 4616 | TMP_TABLE_IN_USE, |
| 4617 | TMP_TABLE_NOT_IN_USE, |
| 4618 | TMP_TABLE_ANY |
| 4619 | }; |
| 4620 | |
| 4621 | bool has_temporary_tables(); |
| 4622 | uint create_tmp_table_def_key(char *key, const char *db, |
| 4623 | const char *table_name); |
| 4624 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE *create_temporary_table(handlerton *hton, LEX_CUSTRING *frm, |
| 4625 | const char *path, const char *db, |
| 4626 | const char *table_name); |
| 4627 | TABLE *find_temporary_table(const char *key, uint key_length, |
| 4628 | Temporary_table_state state); |
| 4629 | TABLE *open_temporary_table(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share, const char *alias, |
| 4630 | bool open_in_engine); |
| 4631 | bool find_and_use_tmp_table(const TABLE_LIST *tl, TABLE **out_table); |
| 4632 | bool use_temporary_table(TABLE *table, TABLE **out_table); |
| 4633 | void close_temporary_table(TABLE *table); |
| 4634 | bool log_events_and_free_tmp_shares(); |
| 4635 | void free_tmp_table_share(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share, bool delete_table); |
| 4636 | void free_temporary_table(TABLE *table); |
| 4637 | bool lock_temporary_tables(); |
| 4638 | void unlock_temporary_tables(); |
| 4639 | |
| 4640 | inline uint tmpkeyval(TMP_TABLE_SHARE *share) |
| 4641 | { |
| 4642 | return uint4korr(share->table_cache_key.str + |
| 4643 | share->table_cache_key.length - 4); |
| 4644 | } |
| 4645 | |
| 4646 | inline TMP_TABLE_SHARE *tmp_table_share(TABLE *table) |
| 4647 | { |
| 4648 | DBUG_ASSERT(table->s->tmp_table); |
| 4649 | return static_cast<TMP_TABLE_SHARE *>(table->s); |
| 4650 | } |
| 4651 | |
| 4652 | public: |
| 4653 | inline ulong wsrep_binlog_format() const |
| 4654 | { |
| 4655 | return WSREP_FORMAT(variables.binlog_format); |
| 4656 | } |
| 4657 | |
| 4658 | #ifdef WITH_WSREP |
| 4659 | const bool wsrep_applier; /* dedicated slave applier thread */ |
| 4660 | bool wsrep_applier_closing; /* applier marked to close */ |
| 4661 | bool wsrep_client_thread; /* to identify client threads*/ |
| 4662 | bool wsrep_PA_safe; |
| 4663 | bool wsrep_converted_lock_session; |
| 4664 | bool wsrep_apply_toi; /* applier processing in TOI */ |
| 4665 | enum wsrep_exec_mode wsrep_exec_mode; |
| 4666 | query_id_t wsrep_last_query_id; |
| 4667 | enum wsrep_query_state wsrep_query_state; |
| 4668 | enum wsrep_conflict_state wsrep_conflict_state; |
| 4669 | wsrep_trx_meta_t wsrep_trx_meta; |
| 4670 | uint32 wsrep_rand; |
| 4671 | Relay_log_info *wsrep_rli; |
| 4672 | rpl_group_info *wsrep_rgi; |
| 4673 | wsrep_ws_handle_t wsrep_ws_handle; |
| 4674 | ulong wsrep_retry_counter; // of autocommit |
| 4675 | char *wsrep_retry_query; |
| 4676 | size_t wsrep_retry_query_len; |
| 4677 | enum enum_server_command wsrep_retry_command; |
| 4678 | enum wsrep_consistency_check_mode |
| 4679 | wsrep_consistency_check; |
| 4680 | int wsrep_mysql_replicated; |
| 4681 | const char *wsrep_TOI_pre_query; /* a query to apply before |
| 4682 | the actual TOI query */ |
| 4683 | size_t wsrep_TOI_pre_query_len; |
| 4684 | wsrep_po_handle_t wsrep_po_handle; |
| 4685 | size_t wsrep_po_cnt; |
| 4686 | #ifdef GTID_SUPPORT |
| 4687 | rpl_sid wsrep_po_sid; |
| 4688 | #endif /* GTID_SUPPORT */ |
| 4689 | void *wsrep_apply_format; |
| 4690 | char wsrep_info[128]; /* string for dynamic proc info */ |
| 4691 | /* |
| 4692 | When enabled, do not replicate/binlog updates from the current table that's |
| 4693 | being processed. At the moment, it is used to keep mysql.gtid_slave_pos |
| 4694 | table updates from being replicated to other nodes via galera replication. |
| 4695 | */ |
| 4696 | bool wsrep_ignore_table; |
| 4697 | wsrep_gtid_t wsrep_sync_wait_gtid; |
| 4698 | ulong wsrep_affected_rows; |
| 4699 | bool wsrep_replicate_GTID; |
| 4700 | bool wsrep_skip_wsrep_GTID; |
| 4701 | #endif /* WITH_WSREP */ |
| 4702 | |
| 4703 | /* Handling of timeouts for commands */ |
| 4704 | thr_timer_t query_timer; |
| 4705 | |
| 4706 | public: |
| 4707 | void set_query_timer() |
| 4708 | { |
| 4709 | #ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY |
| 4710 | /* |
| 4711 | Don't start a query timer if |
| 4712 | - If timeouts are not set |
| 4713 | - if we are in a stored procedure or sub statement |
| 4714 | - If this is a slave thread |
| 4715 | - If we already have set a timeout (happens when running prepared |
| 4716 | statements that calls mysql_execute_command()) |
| 4717 | */ |
| 4718 | if (!variables.max_statement_time || spcont || in_sub_stmt || |
| 4719 | slave_thread || query_timer.expired == 0) |
| 4720 | return; |
| 4721 | thr_timer_settime(&query_timer, variables.max_statement_time); |
| 4722 | #endif |
| 4723 | } |
| 4724 | void reset_query_timer() |
| 4725 | { |
| 4726 | #ifndef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY |
| 4727 | if (spcont || in_sub_stmt || slave_thread) |
| 4728 | return; |
| 4729 | if (!query_timer.expired) |
| 4730 | thr_timer_end(&query_timer); |
| 4731 | #endif |
| 4732 | } |
| 4733 | void restore_set_statement_var() |
| 4734 | { |
| 4735 | main_lex.restore_set_statement_var(); |
| 4736 | } |
| 4737 | /* Copy relevant `stmt` transaction flags to `all` transaction. */ |
| 4738 | void merge_unsafe_rollback_flags() |
| 4739 | { |
| 4740 | if (transaction.stmt.modified_non_trans_table) |
| 4741 | transaction.all.modified_non_trans_table= TRUE; |
| 4742 | transaction.all.m_unsafe_rollback_flags|= |
| 4743 | (transaction.stmt.m_unsafe_rollback_flags & |
| 4744 | (THD_TRANS::DID_WAIT | THD_TRANS::CREATED_TEMP_TABLE | |
| 4745 | THD_TRANS::DROPPED_TEMP_TABLE | THD_TRANS::DID_DDL)); |
| 4746 | } |
| 4747 | /* |
| 4748 | Reset current_linfo |
| 4749 | Setting current_linfo to 0 needs to be done with LOCK_thread_count to |
| 4750 | ensure that adjust_linfo_offsets doesn't use a structure that may |
| 4751 | be deleted. |
| 4752 | */ |
| 4753 | inline void reset_current_linfo() |
| 4754 | { |
| 4755 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_count); |
| 4756 | current_linfo= 0; |
| 4757 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_count); |
| 4758 | } |
| 4759 | |
| 4760 | |
| 4761 | uint get_net_wait_timeout() |
| 4762 | { |
| 4763 | if (in_active_multi_stmt_transaction()) |
| 4764 | { |
| 4765 | if (transaction.all.is_trx_read_write()) |
| 4766 | { |
| 4767 | if (variables.idle_write_transaction_timeout > 0) |
| 4768 | return variables.idle_write_transaction_timeout; |
| 4769 | } |
| 4770 | else |
| 4771 | { |
| 4772 | if (variables.idle_readonly_transaction_timeout > 0) |
| 4773 | return variables.idle_readonly_transaction_timeout; |
| 4774 | } |
| 4775 | |
| 4776 | if (variables.idle_transaction_timeout > 0) |
| 4777 | return variables.idle_transaction_timeout; |
| 4778 | } |
| 4779 | |
| 4780 | return variables.net_wait_timeout; |
| 4781 | } |
| 4782 | |
| 4783 | /** |
| 4784 | Switch to a sublex, to parse a substatement or an expression. |
| 4785 | */ |
| 4786 | void set_local_lex(sp_lex_local *sublex) |
| 4787 | { |
| 4788 | DBUG_ASSERT(lex->sphead); |
| 4789 | lex= sublex; |
| 4790 | /* Reset part of parser state which needs this. */ |
| 4791 | m_parser_state->m_yacc.reset_before_substatement(); |
| 4792 | } |
| 4793 | |
| 4794 | /** |
| 4795 | Switch back from a sublex (currently pointed by this->lex) to the old lex. |
| 4796 | Sublex is merged to "oldlex" and this->lex is set to "oldlex". |
| 4797 | |
| 4798 | This method is called after parsing a substatement or an expression. |
| 4799 | set_local_lex() must be previously called. |
| 4800 | @param oldlex - The old lex which was active before set_local_lex(). |
| 4801 | @returns - false on success, true on error (failed to merge LEX's). |
| 4802 | |
| 4803 | See also sp_head::merge_lex(). |
| 4804 | */ |
| 4805 | bool restore_from_local_lex_to_old_lex(LEX *oldlex); |
| 4806 | |
| 4807 | Item *sp_fix_func_item(Item **it_addr); |
| 4808 | Item *sp_prepare_func_item(Item **it_addr, uint cols= 1); |
| 4809 | bool sp_eval_expr(Field *result_field, Item **expr_item_ptr); |
| 4810 | |
| 4811 | inline void prepare_logs_for_admin_command() |
| 4812 | { |
| 4813 | enable_slow_log&= !MY_TEST(variables.log_slow_disabled_statements & |
| 4814 | LOG_SLOW_DISABLE_ADMIN); |
| 4815 | query_plan_flags|= QPLAN_ADMIN; |
| 4816 | } |
| 4817 | }; |
| 4818 | |
| 4819 | inline void add_to_active_threads(THD *thd) |
| 4820 | { |
| 4821 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_count); |
| 4822 | threads.append(thd); |
| 4823 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_count); |
| 4824 | } |
| 4825 | |
| 4826 | /* |
| 4827 | This should be called when you want to delete a thd that was not |
| 4828 | running any queries. |
| 4829 | This function will assert that the THD is linked. |
| 4830 | */ |
| 4831 | |
| 4832 | inline void unlink_not_visible_thd(THD *thd) |
| 4833 | { |
| 4834 | thd->assert_linked(); |
| 4835 | mysql_mutex_lock(&LOCK_thread_count); |
| 4836 | thd->unlink(); |
| 4837 | mysql_mutex_unlock(&LOCK_thread_count); |
| 4838 | } |
| 4839 | |
| 4840 | /** A short cut for thd->get_stmt_da()->set_ok_status(). */ |
| 4841 | |
| 4842 | inline void |
| 4843 | my_ok(THD *thd, ulonglong affected_rows_arg= 0, ulonglong id= 0, |
| 4844 | const char *message= NULL) |
| 4845 | { |
| 4846 | thd->set_row_count_func(affected_rows_arg); |
| 4847 | thd->set_affected_rows(affected_rows_arg); |
| 4848 | thd->get_stmt_da()->set_ok_status(affected_rows_arg, id, message); |
| 4849 | } |
| 4850 | |
| 4851 | |
| 4852 | /** A short cut for thd->get_stmt_da()->set_eof_status(). */ |
| 4853 | |
| 4854 | inline void |
| 4855 | my_eof(THD *thd) |
| 4856 | { |
| 4857 | thd->set_row_count_func(-1); |
| 4858 | thd->get_stmt_da()->set_eof_status(thd); |
| 4859 | |
| 4860 | TRANSACT_TRACKER(add_trx_state(thd, TX_RESULT_SET)); |
| 4861 | } |
| 4862 | |
| 4863 | #define tmp_disable_binlog(A) \ |
| 4864 | {ulonglong tmp_disable_binlog__save_options= (A)->variables.option_bits; \ |
| 4865 | (A)->variables.option_bits&= ~OPTION_BIN_LOG; \ |
| 4866 | (A)->variables.sql_log_bin_off= 1; |
| 4867 | |
| 4868 | #define reenable_binlog(A) \ |
| 4869 | (A)->variables.option_bits= tmp_disable_binlog__save_options; \ |
| 4870 | (A)->variables.sql_log_bin_off= 0;} |
| 4871 | |
| 4872 | |
| 4873 | inline sql_mode_t sql_mode_for_dates(THD *thd) |
| 4874 | { |
| 4875 | return thd->variables.sql_mode & |
| 4876 | (MODE_NO_ZERO_DATE | MODE_NO_ZERO_IN_DATE | MODE_INVALID_DATES); |
| 4877 | } |
| 4878 | |
| 4879 | /* |
| 4880 | Used to hold information about file and file structure in exchange |
| 4881 | via non-DB file (...INTO OUTFILE..., ...LOAD DATA...) |
| 4882 | XXX: We never call destructor for objects of this class. |
| 4883 | */ |
| 4884 | |
| 4885 | class sql_exchange :public Sql_alloc |
| 4886 | { |
| 4887 | public: |
| 4888 | enum enum_filetype filetype; /* load XML, Added by Arnold & Erik */ |
| 4889 | const char *file_name; |
| 4890 | String *field_term,*enclosed,*line_term,*line_start,*escaped; |
| 4891 | bool opt_enclosed; |
| 4892 | bool dumpfile; |
| 4893 | ulong skip_lines; |
| 4894 | CHARSET_INFO *cs; |
| 4895 | sql_exchange(const char *name, bool dumpfile_flag, |
| 4896 | enum_filetype filetype_arg= FILETYPE_CSV); |
| 4897 | bool escaped_given(void) const; |
| 4898 | }; |
| 4899 | |
| 4900 | /* |
| 4901 | This is used to get result from a select |
| 4902 | */ |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 | class JOIN; |
| 4905 | |
| 4906 | /* Pure interface for sending tabular data */ |
| 4907 | class select_result_sink: public Sql_alloc |
| 4908 | { |
| 4909 | public: |
| 4910 | THD *thd; |
| 4911 | select_result_sink(THD *thd_arg): thd(thd_arg) {} |
| 4912 | /* |
| 4913 | send_data returns 0 on ok, 1 on error and -1 if data was ignored, for |
| 4914 | example for a duplicate row entry written to a temp table. |
| 4915 | */ |
| 4916 | virtual int send_data(List<Item> &items)=0; |
| 4917 | virtual ~select_result_sink() {}; |
| 4918 | }; |
| 4919 | |
| 4920 | |
| 4921 | /* |
| 4922 | Interface for sending tabular data, together with some other stuff: |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | - Primary purpose seems to be seding typed tabular data: |
| 4925 | = the DDL is sent with send_fields() |
| 4926 | = the rows are sent with send_data() |
| 4927 | Besides that, |
| 4928 | - there seems to be an assumption that the sent data is a result of |
| 4929 | SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit, |
| 4930 | - nest_level is used by SQL parser |
| 4931 | */ |
| 4932 | |
| 4933 | class select_result :public select_result_sink |
| 4934 | { |
| 4935 | protected: |
| 4936 | /* |
| 4937 | All descendant classes have their send_data() skip the first |
| 4938 | unit->offset_limit_cnt rows sent. Select_materialize |
| 4939 | also uses unit->get_column_types(). |
| 4940 | */ |
| 4941 | SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit; |
| 4942 | /* Something used only by the parser: */ |
| 4943 | public: |
| 4944 | select_result(THD *thd_arg): select_result_sink(thd_arg) {} |
| 4945 | void set_unit(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *unit_arg) { unit= unit_arg; } |
| 4946 | virtual ~select_result() {}; |
| 4947 | /** |
| 4948 | Change wrapped select_result. |
| 4949 | |
| 4950 | Replace the wrapped result object with new_result and call |
| 4951 | prepare() and prepare2() on new_result. |
| 4952 | |
| 4953 | This base class implementation doesn't wrap other select_results. |
| 4954 | |
| 4955 | @param new_result The new result object to wrap around |
| 4956 | |
| 4957 | @retval false Success |
| 4958 | @retval true Error |
| 4959 | */ |
| 4960 | virtual bool change_result(select_result *new_result) |
| 4961 | { |
| 4962 | return false; |
| 4963 | } |
| 4964 | virtual int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u) |
| 4965 | { |
| 4966 | unit= u; |
| 4967 | return 0; |
| 4968 | } |
| 4969 | virtual int prepare2(JOIN *join) { return 0; } |
| 4970 | /* |
| 4971 | Because of peculiarities of prepared statements protocol |
| 4972 | we need to know number of columns in the result set (if |
| 4973 | there is a result set) apart from sending columns metadata. |
| 4974 | */ |
| 4975 | virtual uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const |
| 4976 | { return fields.elements; } |
| 4977 | virtual bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags)=0; |
| 4978 | virtual bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join) { return 0; } |
| 4979 | virtual bool send_eof()=0; |
| 4980 | /** |
| 4981 | Check if this query returns a result set and therefore is allowed in |
| 4982 | cursors and set an error message if it is not the case. |
| 4983 | |
| 4984 | @retval FALSE success |
| 4985 | @retval TRUE error, an error message is set |
| 4986 | */ |
| 4987 | virtual bool check_simple_select() const; |
| 4988 | virtual void abort_result_set() {} |
| 4989 | /* |
| 4990 | Cleanup instance of this class for next execution of a prepared |
| 4991 | statement/stored procedure. |
| 4992 | */ |
| 4993 | virtual void cleanup(); |
| 4994 | void set_thd(THD *thd_arg) { thd= thd_arg; } |
| 4995 | #ifdef EMBEDDED_LIBRARY |
| 4996 | virtual void begin_dataset() {} |
| 4997 | #else |
| 4998 | void begin_dataset() {} |
| 4999 | #endif |
| 5000 | virtual void update_used_tables() {} |
| 5001 | |
| 5002 | /* this method is called just before the first row of the table can be read */ |
| 5003 | virtual void prepare_to_read_rows() {} |
| 5004 | |
| 5005 | void reset_offset_limit() |
| 5006 | { |
| 5007 | unit->offset_limit_cnt= 0; |
| 5008 | } |
| 5009 | |
| 5010 | /* |
| 5011 | This returns |
| 5012 | - FALSE if the class sends output row to the client |
| 5013 | - TRUE if the output is set elsewhere (a file, @variable, or table). |
| 5014 | Currently all intercepting classes derive from select_result_interceptor. |
| 5015 | */ |
| 5016 | virtual bool is_result_interceptor()=0; |
| 5017 | }; |
| 5018 | |
| 5019 | |
| 5020 | /* |
| 5021 | This is a select_result_sink which simply writes all data into a (temporary) |
| 5022 | table. Creation/deletion of the table is outside of the scope of the class |
| 5023 | |
| 5024 | It is aimed at capturing SHOW EXPLAIN output, so: |
| 5025 | - Unlike select_result class, we don't assume that the sent data is an |
| 5026 | output of a SELECT_LEX_UNIT (and so we dont apply "LIMIT x,y" from the |
| 5027 | unit) |
| 5028 | - We don't try to convert the target table to MyISAM |
| 5029 | */ |
| 5030 | |
| 5031 | class select_result_explain_buffer : public select_result_sink |
| 5032 | { |
| 5033 | public: |
| 5034 | select_result_explain_buffer(THD *thd_arg, TABLE *table_arg) : |
| 5035 | select_result_sink(thd_arg), dst_table(table_arg) {}; |
| 5036 | |
| 5037 | TABLE *dst_table; /* table to write into */ |
| 5038 | |
| 5039 | /* The following is called in the child thread: */ |
| 5040 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5041 | }; |
| 5042 | |
| 5043 | |
| 5044 | /* |
| 5045 | This is a select_result_sink which stores the data in text form. |
| 5046 | |
| 5047 | It is only used to save EXPLAIN output. |
| 5048 | */ |
| 5049 | |
| 5050 | class select_result_text_buffer : public select_result_sink |
| 5051 | { |
| 5052 | public: |
| 5053 | select_result_text_buffer(THD *thd_arg): select_result_sink(thd_arg) {} |
| 5054 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5055 | bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &fields, uint flag); |
| 5056 | |
| 5057 | void save_to(String *res); |
| 5058 | private: |
| 5059 | int append_row(List<Item> &items, bool send_names); |
| 5060 | |
| 5061 | List<char*> rows; |
| 5062 | int n_columns; |
| 5063 | }; |
| 5064 | |
| 5065 | |
| 5066 | /* |
| 5067 | Base class for select_result descendands which intercept and |
| 5068 | transform result set rows. As the rows are not sent to the client, |
| 5069 | sending of result set metadata should be suppressed as well. |
| 5070 | */ |
| 5071 | |
| 5072 | class select_result_interceptor: public select_result |
| 5073 | { |
| 5074 | public: |
| 5075 | select_result_interceptor(THD *thd_arg): |
| 5076 | select_result(thd_arg), suppress_my_ok(false) |
| 5077 | { |
| 5078 | DBUG_ENTER("select_result_interceptor::select_result_interceptor" ); |
| 5079 | DBUG_PRINT("enter" , ("this %p" , this)); |
| 5080 | DBUG_VOID_RETURN; |
| 5081 | } /* Remove gcc warning */ |
| 5082 | uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const { return 0; } |
| 5083 | bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &fields, uint flag) { return FALSE; } |
| 5084 | bool is_result_interceptor() { return true; } |
| 5085 | |
| 5086 | /* |
| 5087 | Instruct the object to not call my_ok(). Client output will be handled |
| 5088 | elsewhere. (this is used by ANALYZE $stmt feature). |
| 5089 | */ |
| 5090 | void disable_my_ok_calls() { suppress_my_ok= true; } |
| 5091 | protected: |
| 5092 | bool suppress_my_ok; |
| 5093 | }; |
| 5094 | |
| 5095 | |
| 5096 | class select_send :public select_result { |
| 5097 | /** |
| 5098 | True if we have sent result set metadata to the client. |
| 5099 | In this case the client always expects us to end the result |
| 5100 | set with an eof or error packet |
| 5101 | */ |
| 5102 | bool is_result_set_started; |
| 5103 | public: |
| 5104 | select_send(THD *thd_arg): |
| 5105 | select_result(thd_arg), is_result_set_started(FALSE) {} |
| 5106 | bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags); |
| 5107 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5108 | bool send_eof(); |
| 5109 | virtual bool check_simple_select() const { return FALSE; } |
| 5110 | void abort_result_set(); |
| 5111 | virtual void cleanup(); |
| 5112 | bool is_result_interceptor() { return false; } |
| 5113 | }; |
| 5114 | |
| 5115 | |
| 5116 | /* |
| 5117 | We need this class, because select_send::send_eof() will call ::my_eof. |
| 5118 | |
| 5119 | See also class Protocol_discard. |
| 5120 | */ |
| 5121 | |
| 5122 | class select_send_analyze : public select_send |
| 5123 | { |
| 5124 | bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags) { return 0; } |
| 5125 | bool send_eof() { return 0; } |
| 5126 | void abort_result_set() {} |
| 5127 | public: |
| 5128 | select_send_analyze(THD *thd_arg): select_send(thd_arg) {} |
| 5129 | }; |
| 5130 | |
| 5131 | |
| 5132 | class select_to_file :public select_result_interceptor { |
| 5133 | protected: |
| 5134 | sql_exchange *exchange; |
| 5135 | File file; |
| 5136 | IO_CACHE cache; |
| 5137 | ha_rows row_count; |
| 5138 | char path[FN_REFLEN]; |
| 5139 | |
| 5140 | public: |
| 5141 | select_to_file(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex): |
| 5142 | select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), exchange(ex), file(-1),row_count(0L) |
| 5143 | { path[0]=0; } |
| 5144 | ~select_to_file(); |
| 5145 | bool send_eof(); |
| 5146 | void cleanup(); |
| 5147 | }; |
| 5148 | |
| 5149 | |
| 5150 | #define ESCAPE_CHARS "ntrb0ZN" // keep synchronous with READ_INFO::unescape |
| 5151 | |
| 5152 | |
| 5153 | /* |
| 5154 | List of all possible characters of a numeric value text representation. |
| 5155 | */ |
| 5156 | #define NUMERIC_CHARS ".0123456789e+-" |
| 5157 | |
| 5158 | |
| 5159 | class select_export :public select_to_file { |
| 5160 | uint field_term_length; |
| 5161 | int field_sep_char,escape_char,line_sep_char; |
| 5162 | int field_term_char; // first char of FIELDS TERMINATED BY or MAX_INT |
| 5163 | /* |
| 5164 | The is_ambiguous_field_sep field is true if a value of the field_sep_char |
| 5165 | field is one of the 'n', 't', 'r' etc characters |
| 5166 | (see the READ_INFO::unescape method and the ESCAPE_CHARS constant value). |
| 5167 | */ |
| 5168 | bool is_ambiguous_field_sep; |
| 5169 | /* |
| 5170 | The is_ambiguous_field_term is true if field_sep_char contains the first |
| 5171 | char of the FIELDS TERMINATED BY (ENCLOSED BY is empty), and items can |
| 5172 | contain this character. |
| 5173 | */ |
| 5174 | bool is_ambiguous_field_term; |
| 5175 | /* |
| 5176 | The is_unsafe_field_sep field is true if a value of the field_sep_char |
| 5177 | field is one of the '0'..'9', '+', '-', '.' and 'e' characters |
| 5178 | (see the NUMERIC_CHARS constant value). |
| 5179 | */ |
| 5180 | bool is_unsafe_field_sep; |
| 5181 | bool fixed_row_size; |
| 5182 | CHARSET_INFO *write_cs; // output charset |
| 5183 | public: |
| 5184 | select_export(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex): select_to_file(thd_arg, ex) {} |
| 5185 | ~select_export(); |
| 5186 | int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u); |
| 5187 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5188 | }; |
| 5189 | |
| 5190 | |
| 5191 | class select_dump :public select_to_file { |
| 5192 | public: |
| 5193 | select_dump(THD *thd_arg, sql_exchange *ex): select_to_file(thd_arg, ex) {} |
| 5194 | int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u); |
| 5195 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5196 | }; |
| 5197 | |
| 5198 | |
| 5199 | class select_insert :public select_result_interceptor { |
| 5200 | public: |
| 5201 | TABLE_LIST *table_list; |
| 5202 | TABLE *table; |
| 5203 | List<Item> *fields; |
| 5204 | ulonglong autoinc_value_of_last_inserted_row; // autogenerated or not |
| 5205 | COPY_INFO info; |
| 5206 | bool insert_into_view; |
| 5207 | select_insert(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *table_list_par, |
| 5208 | TABLE *table_par, List<Item> *fields_par, |
| 5209 | List<Item> *update_fields, List<Item> *update_values, |
| 5210 | enum_duplicates duplic, bool ignore); |
| 5211 | ~select_insert(); |
| 5212 | int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u); |
| 5213 | virtual int prepare2(JOIN *join); |
| 5214 | virtual int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5215 | virtual void store_values(List<Item> &values); |
| 5216 | virtual bool can_rollback_data() { return 0; } |
| 5217 | bool prepare_eof(); |
| 5218 | bool send_ok_packet(); |
| 5219 | bool send_eof(); |
| 5220 | virtual void abort_result_set(); |
| 5221 | /* not implemented: select_insert is never re-used in prepared statements */ |
| 5222 | void cleanup(); |
| 5223 | }; |
| 5224 | |
| 5225 | |
| 5226 | class select_create: public select_insert { |
| 5227 | TABLE_LIST *create_table; |
| 5228 | Table_specification_st *create_info; |
| 5229 | TABLE_LIST *select_tables; |
| 5230 | Alter_info *alter_info; |
| 5231 | Field **field; |
| 5232 | /* lock data for tmp table */ |
| 5233 | MYSQL_LOCK *m_lock; |
| 5234 | /* m_lock or thd->extra_lock */ |
| 5235 | MYSQL_LOCK **m_plock; |
| 5236 | bool exit_done; |
| 5237 | TMP_TABLE_SHARE *saved_tmp_table_share; |
| 5238 | |
| 5239 | public: |
| 5240 | select_create(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *table_arg, |
| 5241 | Table_specification_st *create_info_par, |
| 5242 | Alter_info *alter_info_arg, |
| 5243 | List<Item> &select_fields,enum_duplicates duplic, bool ignore, |
| 5244 | TABLE_LIST *select_tables_arg): |
| 5245 | select_insert(thd_arg, table_arg, NULL, &select_fields, 0, 0, duplic, |
| 5246 | ignore), |
| 5247 | create_table(table_arg), |
| 5248 | create_info(create_info_par), |
| 5249 | select_tables(select_tables_arg), |
| 5250 | alter_info(alter_info_arg), |
| 5251 | m_plock(NULL), exit_done(0), |
| 5252 | saved_tmp_table_share(0) |
| 5253 | {} |
| 5254 | int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u); |
| 5255 | |
| 5256 | int binlog_show_create_table(TABLE **tables, uint count); |
| 5257 | void store_values(List<Item> &values); |
| 5258 | bool send_eof(); |
| 5259 | virtual void abort_result_set(); |
| 5260 | virtual bool can_rollback_data() { return 1; } |
| 5261 | |
| 5262 | // Needed for access from local class MY_HOOKS in prepare(), since thd is proteted. |
| 5263 | const THD *get_thd(void) { return thd; } |
| 5264 | const HA_CREATE_INFO *get_create_info() { return create_info; }; |
| 5265 | int prepare2(JOIN *join) { return 0; } |
| 5266 | |
| 5267 | private: |
| 5268 | TABLE *create_table_from_items(THD *thd, |
| 5269 | List<Item> *items, |
| 5270 | MYSQL_LOCK **lock, |
| 5271 | TABLEOP_HOOKS *hooks); |
| 5272 | }; |
| 5273 | |
| 5274 | #include <myisam.h> |
| 5275 | |
| 5276 | #ifdef WITH_ARIA_STORAGE_ENGINE |
| 5277 | #include <maria.h> |
| 5278 | #else |
| 5279 | #undef USE_ARIA_FOR_TMP_TABLES |
| 5280 | #endif |
| 5281 | |
| 5282 | #ifdef USE_ARIA_FOR_TMP_TABLES |
| 5283 | #define TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF MARIA_COLUMNDEF |
| 5284 | #define TMP_ENGINE_HTON maria_hton |
| 5285 | #define TMP_ENGINE_NAME "Aria" |
| 5286 | inline uint tmp_table_max_key_length() { return maria_max_key_length(); } |
| 5287 | inline uint tmp_table_max_key_parts() { return maria_max_key_segments(); } |
| 5288 | #else |
| 5289 | #define TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF MI_COLUMNDEF |
| 5290 | #define TMP_ENGINE_HTON myisam_hton |
| 5291 | #define TMP_ENGINE_NAME "MyISAM" |
| 5292 | inline uint tmp_table_max_key_length() { return MI_MAX_KEY_LENGTH; } |
| 5293 | inline uint tmp_table_max_key_parts() { return MI_MAX_KEY_SEG; } |
| 5294 | #endif |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 | /* |
| 5297 | Param to create temporary tables when doing SELECT:s |
| 5298 | NOTE |
| 5299 | This structure is copied using memcpy as a part of JOIN. |
| 5300 | */ |
| 5301 | |
| 5302 | class TMP_TABLE_PARAM :public Sql_alloc |
| 5303 | { |
| 5304 | public: |
| 5305 | List<Item> copy_funcs; |
| 5306 | Copy_field *copy_field, *copy_field_end; |
| 5307 | uchar *group_buff; |
| 5308 | Item **items_to_copy; /* Fields in tmp table */ |
| 5309 | TMP_ENGINE_COLUMNDEF *recinfo, *start_recinfo; |
| 5310 | KEY *keyinfo; |
| 5311 | ha_rows end_write_records; |
| 5312 | /** |
| 5313 | Number of normal fields in the query, including those referred to |
| 5314 | from aggregate functions. Hence, "SELECT `field1`, |
| 5315 | SUM(`field2`) from t1" sets this counter to 2. |
| 5316 | |
| 5317 | @see count_field_types |
| 5318 | */ |
| 5319 | uint field_count; |
| 5320 | /** |
| 5321 | Number of fields in the query that have functions. Includes both |
| 5322 | aggregate functions (e.g., SUM) and non-aggregates (e.g., RAND). |
| 5323 | Also counts functions referred to from aggregate functions, i.e., |
| 5324 | "SELECT SUM(RAND())" sets this counter to 2. |
| 5325 | |
| 5326 | @see count_field_types |
| 5327 | */ |
| 5328 | uint func_count; |
| 5329 | /** |
| 5330 | Number of fields in the query that have aggregate functions. Note |
| 5331 | that the optimizer may choose to optimize away these fields by |
| 5332 | replacing them with constants, in which case sum_func_count will |
| 5333 | need to be updated. |
| 5334 | |
| 5335 | @see opt_sum_query, count_field_types |
| 5336 | */ |
| 5337 | uint sum_func_count; |
| 5338 | uint hidden_field_count; |
| 5339 | uint group_parts,group_length,group_null_parts; |
| 5340 | uint quick_group; |
| 5341 | /** |
| 5342 | Enabled when we have atleast one outer_sum_func. Needed when used |
| 5343 | along with distinct. |
| 5344 | |
| 5345 | @see create_tmp_table |
| 5346 | */ |
| 5347 | bool using_outer_summary_function; |
| 5348 | CHARSET_INFO *table_charset; |
| 5349 | bool schema_table; |
| 5350 | /* TRUE if the temp table is created for subquery materialization. */ |
| 5351 | bool materialized_subquery; |
| 5352 | /* TRUE if all columns of the table are guaranteed to be non-nullable */ |
| 5353 | bool force_not_null_cols; |
| 5354 | /* |
| 5355 | True if GROUP BY and its aggregate functions are already computed |
| 5356 | by a table access method (e.g. by loose index scan). In this case |
| 5357 | query execution should not perform aggregation and should treat |
| 5358 | aggregate functions as normal functions. |
| 5359 | */ |
| 5360 | bool precomputed_group_by; |
| 5361 | bool force_copy_fields; |
| 5362 | /* |
| 5363 | If TRUE, create_tmp_field called from create_tmp_table will convert |
| 5364 | all BIT fields to 64-bit longs. This is a workaround the limitation |
| 5365 | that MEMORY tables cannot index BIT columns. |
| 5366 | */ |
| 5367 | bool bit_fields_as_long; |
| 5368 | /* |
| 5369 | Whether to create or postpone actual creation of this temporary table. |
| 5370 | TRUE <=> create_tmp_table will create only the TABLE structure. |
| 5371 | */ |
| 5372 | bool skip_create_table; |
| 5373 | |
| 5374 | TMP_TABLE_PARAM() |
| 5375 | :copy_field(0), group_parts(0), |
| 5376 | group_length(0), group_null_parts(0), |
| 5377 | using_outer_summary_function(0), |
| 5378 | schema_table(0), materialized_subquery(0), force_not_null_cols(0), |
| 5379 | precomputed_group_by(0), |
| 5380 | force_copy_fields(0), bit_fields_as_long(0), skip_create_table(0) |
| 5381 | {} |
| 5382 | ~TMP_TABLE_PARAM() |
| 5383 | { |
| 5384 | cleanup(); |
| 5385 | } |
| 5386 | void init(void); |
| 5387 | inline void cleanup(void) |
| 5388 | { |
| 5389 | if (copy_field) /* Fix for Intel compiler */ |
| 5390 | { |
| 5391 | delete [] copy_field; |
| 5392 | copy_field= NULL; |
| 5393 | copy_field_end= NULL; |
| 5394 | } |
| 5395 | } |
| 5396 | }; |
| 5397 | |
| 5398 | |
| 5399 | class select_unit :public select_result_interceptor |
| 5400 | { |
| 5401 | uint curr_step, prev_step, curr_sel; |
| 5402 | enum sub_select_type step; |
| 5403 | public: |
| 5404 | Item_int *intersect_mark; |
| 5405 | TMP_TABLE_PARAM tmp_table_param; |
| 5406 | int write_err; /* Error code from the last send_data->ha_write_row call. */ |
| 5407 | TABLE *table; |
| 5408 | ha_rows records; |
| 5409 | |
| 5410 | select_unit(THD *thd_arg): |
| 5411 | select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), |
| 5412 | intersect_mark(0), table(0) |
| 5413 | { |
| 5414 | init(); |
| 5415 | tmp_table_param.init(); |
| 5416 | } |
| 5417 | int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u); |
| 5418 | /** |
| 5419 | Do prepare() and prepare2() if they have been postponed until |
| 5420 | column type information is computed (used by select_union_direct). |
| 5421 | |
| 5422 | @param types Column types |
| 5423 | |
| 5424 | @return false on success, true on failure |
| 5425 | */ |
| 5426 | virtual bool postponed_prepare(List<Item> &types) |
| 5427 | { return false; } |
| 5428 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5429 | bool send_eof(); |
| 5430 | virtual bool flush(); |
| 5431 | void cleanup(); |
| 5432 | virtual bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types, |
| 5433 | bool is_distinct, ulonglong options, |
| 5434 | const LEX_CSTRING *alias, |
| 5435 | bool bit_fields_as_long, |
| 5436 | bool create_table, |
| 5437 | bool keep_row_order, |
| 5438 | uint hidden); |
| 5439 | TMP_TABLE_PARAM *get_tmp_table_param() { return &tmp_table_param; } |
| 5440 | void init() |
| 5441 | { |
| 5442 | curr_step= prev_step= 0; |
| 5443 | curr_sel= UINT_MAX; |
| 5444 | step= UNION_TYPE; |
| 5445 | write_err= 0; |
| 5446 | records= 0; |
| 5447 | } |
| 5448 | void change_select(); |
| 5449 | }; |
| 5450 | |
| 5451 | class select_union_recursive :public select_unit |
| 5452 | { |
| 5453 | public: |
| 5454 | /* The temporary table with the new records generated by one iterative step */ |
| 5455 | TABLE *incr_table; |
| 5456 | /* One of tables from the list rec_tables (determined dynamically) */ |
| 5457 | TABLE *first_rec_table_to_update; |
| 5458 | /* The temporary tables used for recursive table references */ |
| 5459 | List<TABLE> rec_tables; |
| 5460 | |
| 5461 | select_union_recursive(THD *thd_arg): |
| 5462 | select_unit(thd_arg), |
| 5463 | incr_table(0), first_rec_table_to_update(0) {}; |
| 5464 | |
| 5465 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5466 | bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types, |
| 5467 | bool is_distinct, ulonglong options, |
| 5468 | const LEX_CSTRING *alias, |
| 5469 | bool bit_fields_as_long, |
| 5470 | bool create_table, |
| 5471 | bool keep_row_order, |
| 5472 | uint hidden); |
| 5473 | void cleanup(); |
| 5474 | }; |
| 5475 | |
| 5476 | /** |
| 5477 | UNION result that is passed directly to the receiving select_result |
| 5478 | without filling a temporary table. |
| 5479 | |
| 5480 | Function calls are forwarded to the wrapped select_result, but some |
| 5481 | functions are expected to be called only once for each query, so |
| 5482 | they are only executed for the first SELECT in the union (execept |
| 5483 | for send_eof(), which is executed only for the last SELECT). |
| 5484 | |
| 5485 | This select_result is used when a UNION is not DISTINCT and doesn't |
| 5486 | have a global ORDER BY clause. @see st_select_lex_unit::prepare(). |
| 5487 | */ |
| 5488 | |
| 5489 | class select_union_direct :public select_unit |
| 5490 | { |
| 5491 | private: |
| 5492 | /* Result object that receives all rows */ |
| 5493 | select_result *result; |
| 5494 | /* The last SELECT_LEX of the union */ |
| 5495 | SELECT_LEX *last_select_lex; |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 | /* Wrapped result has received metadata */ |
| 5498 | bool done_send_result_set_metadata; |
| 5499 | /* Wrapped result has initialized tables */ |
| 5500 | bool done_initialize_tables; |
| 5501 | |
| 5502 | /* Accumulated limit_found_rows */ |
| 5503 | ulonglong limit_found_rows; |
| 5504 | |
| 5505 | /* Number of rows offset */ |
| 5506 | ha_rows offset; |
| 5507 | /* Number of rows limit + offset, @see select_union_direct::send_data() */ |
| 5508 | ha_rows limit; |
| 5509 | |
| 5510 | public: |
| 5511 | /* Number of rows in the union */ |
| 5512 | ha_rows send_records; |
| 5513 | select_union_direct(THD *thd_arg, select_result *result_arg, |
| 5514 | SELECT_LEX *last_select_lex_arg): |
| 5515 | select_unit(thd_arg), result(result_arg), |
| 5516 | last_select_lex(last_select_lex_arg), |
| 5517 | done_send_result_set_metadata(false), done_initialize_tables(false), |
| 5518 | limit_found_rows(0) |
| 5519 | { send_records= 0; } |
| 5520 | bool change_result(select_result *new_result); |
| 5521 | uint field_count(List<Item> &fields) const |
| 5522 | { |
| 5523 | // Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send |
| 5524 | DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */ |
| 5525 | return 0; /* purecov: inspected */ |
| 5526 | } |
| 5527 | bool postponed_prepare(List<Item> &types); |
| 5528 | bool send_result_set_metadata(List<Item> &list, uint flags); |
| 5529 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5530 | bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join); |
| 5531 | bool send_eof(); |
| 5532 | bool flush() { return false; } |
| 5533 | bool check_simple_select() const |
| 5534 | { |
| 5535 | /* Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send */ |
| 5536 | DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */ |
| 5537 | return false; /* purecov: inspected */ |
| 5538 | } |
| 5539 | void abort_result_set() |
| 5540 | { |
| 5541 | result->abort_result_set(); /* purecov: inspected */ |
| 5542 | } |
| 5543 | void cleanup() |
| 5544 | { |
| 5545 | send_records= 0; |
| 5546 | } |
| 5547 | void set_thd(THD *thd_arg) |
| 5548 | { |
| 5549 | /* |
| 5550 | Only called for top-level select_results, usually select_send, |
| 5551 | and for the results of subquery engines |
| 5552 | (select_<something>_subselect). |
| 5553 | */ |
| 5554 | DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */ |
| 5555 | } |
| 5556 | void reset_offset_limit_cnt() |
| 5557 | { |
| 5558 | // EXPLAIN should never output to a select_union_direct |
| 5559 | DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */ |
| 5560 | } |
| 5561 | void begin_dataset() |
| 5562 | { |
| 5563 | // Only called for sp_cursor::Select_fetch_into_spvars |
| 5564 | DBUG_ASSERT(false); /* purecov: inspected */ |
| 5565 | } |
| 5566 | }; |
| 5567 | |
| 5568 | |
| 5569 | /* Base subselect interface class */ |
| 5570 | class select_subselect :public select_result_interceptor |
| 5571 | { |
| 5572 | protected: |
| 5573 | Item_subselect *item; |
| 5574 | public: |
| 5575 | select_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg): |
| 5576 | select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), item(item_arg) {} |
| 5577 | int send_data(List<Item> &items)=0; |
| 5578 | bool send_eof() { return 0; }; |
| 5579 | }; |
| 5580 | |
| 5581 | /* Single value subselect interface class */ |
| 5582 | class select_singlerow_subselect :public select_subselect |
| 5583 | { |
| 5584 | public: |
| 5585 | select_singlerow_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg): |
| 5586 | select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg) |
| 5587 | {} |
| 5588 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5589 | }; |
| 5590 | |
| 5591 | |
| 5592 | /* |
| 5593 | This class specializes select_union to collect statistics about the |
| 5594 | data stored in the temp table. Currently the class collects statistcs |
| 5595 | about NULLs. |
| 5596 | */ |
| 5597 | |
| 5598 | class select_materialize_with_stats : public select_unit |
| 5599 | { |
| 5600 | protected: |
| 5601 | class Column_statistics |
| 5602 | { |
| 5603 | public: |
| 5604 | /* Count of NULLs per column. */ |
| 5605 | ha_rows null_count; |
| 5606 | /* The row number that contains the first NULL in a column. */ |
| 5607 | ha_rows min_null_row; |
| 5608 | /* The row number that contains the last NULL in a column. */ |
| 5609 | ha_rows max_null_row; |
| 5610 | }; |
| 5611 | |
| 5612 | /* Array of statistics data per column. */ |
| 5613 | Column_statistics* col_stat; |
| 5614 | |
| 5615 | /* |
| 5616 | The number of columns in the biggest sub-row that consists of only |
| 5617 | NULL values. |
| 5618 | */ |
| 5619 | uint max_nulls_in_row; |
| 5620 | /* |
| 5621 | Count of rows writtent to the temp table. This is redundant as it is |
| 5622 | already stored in handler::stats.records, however that one is relatively |
| 5623 | expensive to compute (given we need that for evry row). |
| 5624 | */ |
| 5625 | ha_rows count_rows; |
| 5626 | |
| 5627 | protected: |
| 5628 | void reset(); |
| 5629 | |
| 5630 | public: |
| 5631 | select_materialize_with_stats(THD *thd_arg): select_unit(thd_arg) |
| 5632 | { tmp_table_param.init(); } |
| 5633 | bool create_result_table(THD *thd, List<Item> *column_types, |
| 5634 | bool is_distinct, ulonglong options, |
| 5635 | const LEX_CSTRING *alias, |
| 5636 | bool bit_fields_as_long, |
| 5637 | bool create_table, |
| 5638 | bool keep_row_order, |
| 5639 | uint hidden); |
| 5640 | bool init_result_table(ulonglong select_options); |
| 5641 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5642 | void cleanup(); |
| 5643 | ha_rows get_null_count_of_col(uint idx) |
| 5644 | { |
| 5645 | DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields); |
| 5646 | return col_stat[idx].null_count; |
| 5647 | } |
| 5648 | ha_rows get_max_null_of_col(uint idx) |
| 5649 | { |
| 5650 | DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields); |
| 5651 | return col_stat[idx].max_null_row; |
| 5652 | } |
| 5653 | ha_rows get_min_null_of_col(uint idx) |
| 5654 | { |
| 5655 | DBUG_ASSERT(idx < table->s->fields); |
| 5656 | return col_stat[idx].min_null_row; |
| 5657 | } |
| 5658 | uint get_max_nulls_in_row() { return max_nulls_in_row; } |
| 5659 | }; |
| 5660 | |
| 5661 | |
| 5662 | /* used in independent ALL/ANY optimisation */ |
| 5663 | class select_max_min_finder_subselect :public select_subselect |
| 5664 | { |
| 5665 | Item_cache *cache; |
| 5666 | bool (select_max_min_finder_subselect::*op)(); |
| 5667 | bool fmax; |
| 5668 | bool is_all; |
| 5669 | public: |
| 5670 | select_max_min_finder_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg, |
| 5671 | bool mx, bool all): |
| 5672 | select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg), cache(0), fmax(mx), is_all(all) |
| 5673 | {} |
| 5674 | void cleanup(); |
| 5675 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5676 | bool cmp_real(); |
| 5677 | bool cmp_int(); |
| 5678 | bool cmp_decimal(); |
| 5679 | bool cmp_str(); |
| 5680 | }; |
| 5681 | |
| 5682 | /* EXISTS subselect interface class */ |
| 5683 | class select_exists_subselect :public select_subselect |
| 5684 | { |
| 5685 | public: |
| 5686 | select_exists_subselect(THD *thd_arg, Item_subselect *item_arg): |
| 5687 | select_subselect(thd_arg, item_arg) {} |
| 5688 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5689 | }; |
| 5690 | |
| 5691 | |
| 5692 | /* |
| 5693 | Optimizer and executor structure for the materialized semi-join info. This |
| 5694 | structure contains |
| 5695 | - The sj-materialization temporary table |
| 5696 | - Members needed to make index lookup or a full scan of the temptable. |
| 5697 | */ |
| 5698 | class SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO : public Sql_alloc |
| 5699 | { |
| 5700 | public: |
| 5701 | /* Optimal join sub-order */ |
| 5702 | struct st_position *positions; |
| 5703 | |
| 5704 | uint tables; /* Number of tables in the sj-nest */ |
| 5705 | |
| 5706 | /* Expected #rows in the materialized table */ |
| 5707 | double rows; |
| 5708 | |
| 5709 | /* |
| 5710 | Cost to materialize - execute the sub-join and write rows into temp.table |
| 5711 | */ |
| 5712 | Cost_estimate materialization_cost; |
| 5713 | |
| 5714 | /* Cost to make one lookup in the temptable */ |
| 5715 | Cost_estimate lookup_cost; |
| 5716 | |
| 5717 | /* Cost of scanning the materialized table */ |
| 5718 | Cost_estimate scan_cost; |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 | /* --- Execution structures ---------- */ |
| 5721 | |
| 5722 | /* |
| 5723 | TRUE <=> This structure is used for execution. We don't necessarily pick |
| 5724 | sj-materialization, so some of SJ_MATERIALIZATION_INFO structures are not |
| 5725 | used by materialization |
| 5726 | */ |
| 5727 | bool is_used; |
| 5728 | |
| 5729 | bool materialized; /* TRUE <=> materialization already performed */ |
| 5730 | /* |
| 5731 | TRUE - the temptable is read with full scan |
| 5732 | FALSE - we use the temptable for index lookups |
| 5733 | */ |
| 5734 | bool is_sj_scan; |
| 5735 | |
| 5736 | /* The temptable and its related info */ |
| 5737 | TMP_TABLE_PARAM sjm_table_param; |
| 5738 | List<Item> sjm_table_cols; |
| 5739 | TABLE *table; |
| 5740 | |
| 5741 | /* Structure used to make index lookups */ |
| 5742 | struct st_table_ref *tab_ref; |
| 5743 | Item *in_equality; /* See create_subq_in_equalities() */ |
| 5744 | |
| 5745 | Item *join_cond; /* See comments in make_join_select() */ |
| 5746 | Copy_field *copy_field; /* Needed for SJ_Materialization scan */ |
| 5747 | }; |
| 5748 | |
| 5749 | |
| 5750 | /* Structs used when sorting */ |
| 5751 | struct SORT_FIELD_ATTR |
| 5752 | { |
| 5753 | uint length; /* Length of sort field */ |
| 5754 | uint suffix_length; /* Length suffix (0-4) */ |
| 5755 | }; |
| 5756 | |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 | struct SORT_FIELD: public SORT_FIELD_ATTR |
| 5759 | { |
| 5760 | Field *field; /* Field to sort */ |
| 5761 | Item *item; /* Item if not sorting fields */ |
| 5762 | bool reverse; /* if descending sort */ |
| 5763 | }; |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 | |
| 5766 | typedef struct st_sort_buffer { |
| 5767 | uint index; /* 0 or 1 */ |
| 5768 | uint sort_orders; |
| 5769 | uint change_pos; /* If sort-fields changed */ |
| 5770 | char **buff; |
| 5771 | SORT_FIELD *sortorder; |
| 5772 | } SORT_BUFFER; |
| 5773 | |
| 5774 | /* Structure for db & table in sql_yacc */ |
| 5775 | |
| 5776 | class Table_ident :public Sql_alloc |
| 5777 | { |
| 5778 | public: |
| 5779 | LEX_CSTRING db; |
| 5780 | LEX_CSTRING table; |
| 5781 | SELECT_LEX_UNIT *sel; |
| 5782 | inline Table_ident(THD *thd, const LEX_CSTRING *db_arg, |
| 5783 | const LEX_CSTRING *table_arg, |
| 5784 | bool force) |
| 5785 | :table(*table_arg), sel((SELECT_LEX_UNIT *)0) |
| 5786 | { |
| 5787 | if (!force && (thd->client_capabilities & CLIENT_NO_SCHEMA)) |
| 5788 | db= null_clex_str; |
| 5789 | else |
| 5790 | db= *db_arg; |
| 5791 | } |
| 5792 | inline Table_ident(const LEX_CSTRING *table_arg) |
| 5793 | :table(*table_arg), sel((SELECT_LEX_UNIT *)0) |
| 5794 | { |
| 5795 | db= null_clex_str; |
| 5796 | } |
| 5797 | /* |
| 5798 | This constructor is used only for the case when we create a derived |
| 5799 | table. A derived table has no name and doesn't belong to any database. |
| 5800 | Later, if there was an alias specified for the table, it will be set |
| 5801 | by add_table_to_list. |
| 5802 | */ |
| 5803 | inline Table_ident(SELECT_LEX_UNIT *s) : sel(s) |
| 5804 | { |
| 5805 | /* We must have a table name here as this is used with add_table_to_list */ |
| 5806 | db.str= empty_c_string; /* a subject to casedn_str */ |
| 5807 | db.length= 0; |
| 5808 | table.str= internal_table_name; |
| 5809 | table.length=1; |
| 5810 | } |
| 5811 | bool is_derived_table() const { return MY_TEST(sel); } |
| 5812 | inline void change_db(LEX_CSTRING *db_name) |
| 5813 | { |
| 5814 | db= *db_name; |
| 5815 | } |
| 5816 | bool resolve_table_rowtype_ref(THD *thd, Row_definition_list &defs); |
| 5817 | bool append_to(THD *thd, String *to) const; |
| 5818 | }; |
| 5819 | |
| 5820 | |
| 5821 | class Qualified_column_ident: public Table_ident |
| 5822 | { |
| 5823 | public: |
| 5824 | LEX_CSTRING m_column; |
| 5825 | public: |
| 5826 | Qualified_column_ident(const LEX_CSTRING *column) |
| 5827 | :Table_ident(&null_clex_str), |
| 5828 | m_column(*column) |
| 5829 | { } |
| 5830 | Qualified_column_ident(const LEX_CSTRING *table, const LEX_CSTRING *column) |
| 5831 | :Table_ident(table), |
| 5832 | m_column(*column) |
| 5833 | { } |
| 5834 | Qualified_column_ident(THD *thd, |
| 5835 | const LEX_CSTRING *db, |
| 5836 | const LEX_CSTRING *table, |
| 5837 | const LEX_CSTRING *column) |
| 5838 | :Table_ident(thd, db, table, false), |
| 5839 | m_column(*column) |
| 5840 | { } |
| 5841 | bool resolve_type_ref(THD *thd, Column_definition *def); |
| 5842 | bool append_to(THD *thd, String *to) const; |
| 5843 | }; |
| 5844 | |
| 5845 | |
| 5846 | // this is needed for user_vars hash |
| 5847 | class user_var_entry |
| 5848 | { |
| 5849 | CHARSET_INFO *m_charset; |
| 5850 | public: |
| 5851 | user_var_entry() {} /* Remove gcc warning */ |
| 5852 | LEX_CSTRING name; |
| 5853 | char *value; |
| 5854 | size_t length; |
| 5855 | query_id_t update_query_id, used_query_id; |
| 5856 | Item_result type; |
| 5857 | bool unsigned_flag; |
| 5858 | |
| 5859 | double val_real(bool *null_value); |
| 5860 | longlong val_int(bool *null_value) const; |
| 5861 | String *val_str(bool *null_value, String *str, uint decimals); |
| 5862 | my_decimal *val_decimal(bool *null_value, my_decimal *result); |
| 5863 | CHARSET_INFO *charset() const { return m_charset; } |
| 5864 | void set_charset(CHARSET_INFO *cs) { m_charset= cs; } |
| 5865 | }; |
| 5866 | |
| 5867 | user_var_entry *get_variable(HASH *hash, LEX_CSTRING *name, |
| 5868 | bool create_if_not_exists); |
| 5869 | |
| 5870 | class SORT_INFO; |
| 5871 | class multi_delete :public select_result_interceptor |
| 5872 | { |
| 5873 | TABLE_LIST *delete_tables, *table_being_deleted; |
| 5874 | Unique **tempfiles; |
| 5875 | ha_rows deleted, found; |
| 5876 | uint num_of_tables; |
| 5877 | int error; |
| 5878 | bool do_delete; |
| 5879 | /* True if at least one table we delete from is transactional */ |
| 5880 | bool transactional_tables; |
| 5881 | /* True if at least one table we delete from is not transactional */ |
| 5882 | bool normal_tables; |
| 5883 | bool delete_while_scanning; |
| 5884 | /* |
| 5885 | error handling (rollback and binlogging) can happen in send_eof() |
| 5886 | so that afterward abort_result_set() needs to find out that. |
| 5887 | */ |
| 5888 | bool error_handled; |
| 5889 | |
| 5890 | public: |
| 5891 | multi_delete(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *dt, uint num_of_tables); |
| 5892 | ~multi_delete(); |
| 5893 | int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u); |
| 5894 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5895 | bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join); |
| 5896 | int do_deletes(); |
| 5897 | int do_table_deletes(TABLE *table, SORT_INFO *sort_info, bool ignore); |
| 5898 | bool send_eof(); |
| 5899 | inline ha_rows num_deleted() const { return deleted; } |
| 5900 | virtual void abort_result_set(); |
| 5901 | void prepare_to_read_rows(); |
| 5902 | }; |
| 5903 | |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 | class multi_update :public select_result_interceptor |
| 5906 | { |
| 5907 | TABLE_LIST *all_tables; /* query/update command tables */ |
| 5908 | List<TABLE_LIST> *leaves; /* list of leves of join table tree */ |
| 5909 | TABLE_LIST *update_tables; |
| 5910 | TABLE **tmp_tables, *main_table, *table_to_update; |
| 5911 | TMP_TABLE_PARAM *tmp_table_param; |
| 5912 | ha_rows updated, found; |
| 5913 | List <Item> *fields, *values; |
| 5914 | List <Item> **fields_for_table, **values_for_table; |
| 5915 | uint table_count; |
| 5916 | /* |
| 5917 | List of tables referenced in the CHECK OPTION condition of |
| 5918 | the updated view excluding the updated table. |
| 5919 | */ |
| 5920 | List <TABLE> unupdated_check_opt_tables; |
| 5921 | Copy_field *copy_field; |
| 5922 | enum enum_duplicates handle_duplicates; |
| 5923 | bool do_update, trans_safe; |
| 5924 | /* True if the update operation has made a change in a transactional table */ |
| 5925 | bool transactional_tables; |
| 5926 | bool ignore; |
| 5927 | /* |
| 5928 | error handling (rollback and binlogging) can happen in send_eof() |
| 5929 | so that afterward abort_result_set() needs to find out that. |
| 5930 | */ |
| 5931 | bool error_handled; |
| 5932 | |
| 5933 | /* Need this to protect against multiple prepare() calls */ |
| 5934 | bool prepared; |
| 5935 | |
| 5936 | // For System Versioning (may need to insert new fields to a table). |
| 5937 | ha_rows updated_sys_ver; |
| 5938 | |
| 5939 | bool has_vers_fields; |
| 5940 | |
| 5941 | public: |
| 5942 | multi_update(THD *thd_arg, TABLE_LIST *ut, List<TABLE_LIST> *leaves_list, |
| 5943 | List<Item> *fields, List<Item> *values, |
| 5944 | enum_duplicates handle_duplicates, bool ignore); |
| 5945 | ~multi_update(); |
| 5946 | int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u); |
| 5947 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 5948 | bool initialize_tables (JOIN *join); |
| 5949 | int prepare2(JOIN *join); |
| 5950 | int do_updates(); |
| 5951 | bool send_eof(); |
| 5952 | inline ha_rows num_found() const { return found; } |
| 5953 | inline ha_rows num_updated() const { return updated; } |
| 5954 | virtual void abort_result_set(); |
| 5955 | void update_used_tables(); |
| 5956 | void prepare_to_read_rows(); |
| 5957 | }; |
| 5958 | |
| 5959 | class my_var : public Sql_alloc { |
| 5960 | public: |
| 5961 | const LEX_CSTRING name; |
| 5962 | enum type { SESSION_VAR, LOCAL_VAR, PARAM_VAR }; |
| 5963 | type scope; |
| 5964 | my_var(const LEX_CSTRING *j, enum type s) : name(*j), scope(s) { } |
| 5965 | virtual ~my_var() {} |
| 5966 | virtual bool set(THD *thd, Item *val) = 0; |
| 5967 | virtual class my_var_sp *get_my_var_sp() { return NULL; } |
| 5968 | }; |
| 5969 | |
| 5970 | class my_var_sp: public my_var { |
| 5971 | const Sp_rcontext_handler *m_rcontext_handler; |
| 5972 | const Type_handler *m_type_handler; |
| 5973 | public: |
| 5974 | uint offset; |
| 5975 | /* |
| 5976 | Routine to which this Item_splocal belongs. Used for checking if correct |
| 5977 | runtime context is used for variable handling. |
| 5978 | */ |
| 5979 | sp_head *sp; |
| 5980 | my_var_sp(const Sp_rcontext_handler *rcontext_handler, |
| 5981 | const LEX_CSTRING *j, uint o, const Type_handler *type_handler, |
| 5982 | sp_head *s) |
| 5983 | : my_var(j, LOCAL_VAR), |
| 5984 | m_rcontext_handler(rcontext_handler), |
| 5985 | m_type_handler(type_handler), offset(o), sp(s) { } |
| 5986 | ~my_var_sp() { } |
| 5987 | bool set(THD *thd, Item *val); |
| 5988 | my_var_sp *get_my_var_sp() { return this; } |
| 5989 | const Type_handler *type_handler() const { return m_type_handler; } |
| 5990 | sp_rcontext *get_rcontext(sp_rcontext *local_ctx) const; |
| 5991 | }; |
| 5992 | |
| 5993 | /* |
| 5994 | This class handles fields of a ROW SP variable when it's used as a OUT |
| 5995 | parameter in a stored procedure. |
| 5996 | */ |
| 5997 | class my_var_sp_row_field: public my_var_sp |
| 5998 | { |
| 5999 | uint m_field_offset; |
| 6000 | public: |
| 6001 | my_var_sp_row_field(const Sp_rcontext_handler *rcontext_handler, |
| 6002 | const LEX_CSTRING *varname, const LEX_CSTRING *fieldname, |
| 6003 | uint var_idx, uint field_idx, sp_head *s) |
| 6004 | :my_var_sp(rcontext_handler, varname, var_idx, |
| 6005 | &type_handler_double/*Not really used*/, s), |
| 6006 | m_field_offset(field_idx) |
| 6007 | { } |
| 6008 | bool set(THD *thd, Item *val); |
| 6009 | }; |
| 6010 | |
| 6011 | class my_var_user: public my_var { |
| 6012 | public: |
| 6013 | my_var_user(const LEX_CSTRING *j) |
| 6014 | : my_var(j, SESSION_VAR) { } |
| 6015 | ~my_var_user() { } |
| 6016 | bool set(THD *thd, Item *val); |
| 6017 | }; |
| 6018 | |
| 6019 | class select_dumpvar :public select_result_interceptor { |
| 6020 | ha_rows row_count; |
| 6021 | my_var_sp *m_var_sp_row; // Not NULL if SELECT INTO row_type_sp_variable |
| 6022 | bool send_data_to_var_list(List<Item> &items); |
| 6023 | public: |
| 6024 | List<my_var> var_list; |
| 6025 | select_dumpvar(THD *thd_arg) |
| 6026 | :select_result_interceptor(thd_arg), row_count(0), m_var_sp_row(NULL) |
| 6027 | { var_list.empty(); } |
| 6028 | ~select_dumpvar() {} |
| 6029 | int prepare(List<Item> &list, SELECT_LEX_UNIT *u); |
| 6030 | int send_data(List<Item> &items); |
| 6031 | bool send_eof(); |
| 6032 | virtual bool check_simple_select() const; |
| 6033 | void cleanup(); |
| 6034 | }; |
| 6035 | |
| 6036 | /* Bits in sql_command_flags */ |
| 6037 | |
| 6038 | #define CF_CHANGES_DATA (1U << 0) |
| 6039 | #define CF_REPORT_PROGRESS (1U << 1) |
| 6040 | #define CF_STATUS_COMMAND (1U << 2) |
| 6041 | #define CF_SHOW_TABLE_COMMAND (1U << 3) |
| 6042 | #define CF_WRITE_LOGS_COMMAND (1U << 4) |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 | /** |
| 6045 | Must be set for SQL statements that may contain |
| 6046 | Item expressions and/or use joins and tables. |
| 6047 | Indicates that the parse tree of such statement may |
| 6048 | contain rule-based optimizations that depend on metadata |
| 6049 | (i.e. number of columns in a table), and consequently |
| 6050 | that the statement must be re-prepared whenever |
| 6051 | referenced metadata changes. Must not be set for |
| 6052 | statements that themselves change metadata, e.g. RENAME, |
| 6053 | ALTER and other DDL, since otherwise will trigger constant |
| 6054 | reprepare. Consequently, complex item expressions and |
| 6055 | joins are currently prohibited in these statements. |
| 6056 | */ |
| 6057 | #define CF_REEXECUTION_FRAGILE (1U << 5) |
| 6058 | /** |
| 6059 | Implicitly commit before the SQL statement is executed. |
| 6060 | |
| 6061 | Statements marked with this flag will cause any active |
| 6062 | transaction to end (commit) before proceeding with the |
| 6063 | command execution. |
| 6064 | |
| 6065 | This flag should be set for statements that probably can't |
| 6066 | be rolled back or that do not expect any previously metadata |
| 6067 | locked tables. |
| 6068 | */ |
| 6069 | #define CF_IMPLICT_COMMIT_BEGIN (1U << 6) |
| 6070 | /** |
| 6071 | Implicitly commit after the SQL statement. |
| 6072 | |
| 6073 | Statements marked with this flag are automatically committed |
| 6074 | at the end of the statement. |
| 6075 | |
| 6076 | This flag should be set for statements that will implicitly |
| 6077 | open and take metadata locks on system tables that should not |
| 6078 | be carried for the whole duration of a active transaction. |
| 6079 | */ |
| 6080 | #define CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END (1U << 7) |
| 6081 | /** |
| 6082 | CF_IMPLICT_COMMIT_BEGIN and CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END are used |
| 6083 | to ensure that the active transaction is implicitly committed |
| 6084 | before and after every DDL statement and any statement that |
| 6085 | modifies our currently non-transactional system tables. |
| 6086 | */ |
| 6087 | #define CF_AUTO_COMMIT_TRANS (CF_IMPLICT_COMMIT_BEGIN | CF_IMPLICIT_COMMIT_END) |
| 6088 | |
| 6089 | /** |
| 6090 | Diagnostic statement. |
| 6091 | Diagnostic statements: |
| 6092 | - SHOW WARNING |
| 6093 | - SHOW ERROR |
| 6094 | - GET DIAGNOSTICS (WL#2111) |
| 6095 | do not modify the diagnostics area during execution. |
| 6096 | */ |
| 6097 | #define CF_DIAGNOSTIC_STMT (1U << 8) |
| 6098 | |
| 6099 | /** |
| 6100 | Identifies statements that may generate row events |
| 6101 | and that may end up in the binary log. |
| 6102 | */ |
| 6103 | #define CF_CAN_GENERATE_ROW_EVENTS (1U << 9) |
| 6104 | |
| 6105 | /** |
| 6106 | Identifies statements which may deal with temporary tables and for which |
| 6107 | temporary tables should be pre-opened to simplify privilege checks. |
| 6108 | */ |
| 6109 | #define CF_PREOPEN_TMP_TABLES (1U << 10) |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 | /** |
| 6112 | Identifies statements for which open handlers should be closed in the |
| 6113 | beginning of the statement. |
| 6114 | */ |
| 6115 | #define CF_HA_CLOSE (1U << 11) |
| 6116 | |
| 6117 | /** |
| 6118 | Identifies statements that can be explained with EXPLAIN. |
| 6119 | */ |
| 6120 | #define CF_CAN_BE_EXPLAINED (1U << 12) |
| 6121 | |
| 6122 | /** Identifies statements which may generate an optimizer trace */ |
| 6123 | #define CF_OPTIMIZER_TRACE (1U << 14) |
| 6124 | |
| 6125 | /** |
| 6126 | Identifies statements that should always be disallowed in |
| 6127 | read only transactions. |
| 6128 | */ |
| 6129 | #define CF_DISALLOW_IN_RO_TRANS (1U << 15) |
| 6130 | |
| 6131 | /** |
| 6132 | Statement that need the binlog format to be unchanged. |
| 6133 | */ |
| 6134 | #define CF_FORCE_ORIGINAL_BINLOG_FORMAT (1U << 16) |
| 6135 | |
| 6136 | /** |
| 6137 | Statement that inserts new rows (INSERT, REPLACE, LOAD, ALTER TABLE) |
| 6138 | */ |
| 6139 | #define CF_INSERTS_DATA (1U << 17) |
| 6140 | |
| 6141 | /** |
| 6142 | Statement that updates existing rows (UPDATE, multi-update) |
| 6143 | */ |
| 6144 | #define CF_UPDATES_DATA (1U << 18) |
| 6145 | |
| 6146 | /** |
| 6147 | SP Bulk execution safe |
| 6148 | */ |
| 6149 | #define CF_SP_BULK_SAFE (1U << 19) |
| 6150 | /** |
| 6151 | SP Bulk execution optimized |
| 6152 | */ |
| 6153 | #define CF_SP_BULK_OPTIMIZED (1U << 20) |
| 6154 | /** |
| 6155 | If command creates or drops a table |
| 6156 | */ |
| 6157 | #define CF_SCHEMA_CHANGE (1U << 21) |
| 6158 | /** |
| 6159 | If command creates or drops a database |
| 6160 | */ |
| 6161 | #define CF_DB_CHANGE (1U << 22) |
| 6162 | |
| 6163 | /* Bits in server_command_flags */ |
| 6164 | |
| 6165 | /** |
| 6166 | Skip the increase of the global query id counter. Commonly set for |
| 6167 | commands that are stateless (won't cause any change on the server |
| 6168 | internal states). |
| 6169 | */ |
| 6170 | #define CF_SKIP_QUERY_ID (1U << 0) |
| 6171 | |
| 6172 | /** |
| 6173 | Skip the increase of the number of statements that clients have |
| 6174 | sent to the server. Commonly used for commands that will cause |
| 6175 | a statement to be executed but the statement might have not been |
| 6176 | sent by the user (ie: stored procedure). |
| 6177 | */ |
| 6178 | #define CF_SKIP_QUESTIONS (1U << 1) |
| 6179 | #ifdef WITH_WSREP |
| 6180 | /** |
| 6181 | Do not check that wsrep snapshot is ready before allowing this command |
| 6182 | */ |
| 6183 | #define CF_SKIP_WSREP_CHECK (1U << 2) |
| 6184 | #else |
| 6185 | #define CF_SKIP_WSREP_CHECK 0 |
| 6186 | #endif /* WITH_WSREP */ |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 | /** |
| 6189 | Do not allow it for COM_MULTI batch |
| 6190 | */ |
| 6191 | #define CF_NO_COM_MULTI (1U << 3) |
| 6192 | |
| 6193 | /* Inline functions */ |
| 6194 | |
| 6195 | inline bool add_item_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item) |
| 6196 | { |
| 6197 | return thd->lex->current_select->add_item_to_list(thd, item); |
| 6198 | } |
| 6199 | |
| 6200 | inline bool add_value_to_list(THD *thd, Item *value) |
| 6201 | { |
| 6202 | return thd->lex->value_list.push_back(value, thd->mem_root); |
| 6203 | } |
| 6204 | |
| 6205 | inline bool add_order_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc) |
| 6206 | { |
| 6207 | return thd->lex->current_select->add_order_to_list(thd, item, asc); |
| 6208 | } |
| 6209 | |
| 6210 | inline bool add_gorder_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc) |
| 6211 | { |
| 6212 | return thd->lex->current_select->add_gorder_to_list(thd, item, asc); |
| 6213 | } |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 | inline bool add_group_to_list(THD *thd, Item *item, bool asc) |
| 6216 | { |
| 6217 | return thd->lex->current_select->add_group_to_list(thd, item, asc); |
| 6218 | } |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 | inline Item *and_conds(THD *thd, Item *a, Item *b) |
| 6221 | { |
| 6222 | if (!b) return a; |
| 6223 | if (!a) return b; |
| 6224 | return new (thd->mem_root) Item_cond_and(thd, a, b); |
| 6225 | } |
| 6226 | |
| 6227 | /* inline handler methods that need to know TABLE and THD structures */ |
| 6228 | inline void handler::increment_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const |
| 6229 | { |
| 6230 | status_var_increment(table->in_use->status_var.*offset); |
| 6231 | table->in_use->check_limit_rows_examined(); |
| 6232 | } |
| 6233 | |
| 6234 | inline void handler::decrement_statistics(ulong SSV::*offset) const |
| 6235 | { |
| 6236 | status_var_decrement(table->in_use->status_var.*offset); |
| 6237 | } |
| 6238 | |
| 6239 | |
| 6240 | inline int handler::ha_ft_read(uchar *buf) |
| 6241 | { |
| 6242 | int error= ft_read(buf); |
| 6243 | if (!error) |
| 6244 | update_rows_read(); |
| 6245 | |
| 6246 | table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0; |
| 6247 | return error; |
| 6248 | } |
| 6249 | |
| 6250 | inline int handler::ha_rnd_pos_by_record(uchar *buf) |
| 6251 | { |
| 6252 | int error= rnd_pos_by_record(buf); |
| 6253 | if (!error) |
| 6254 | update_rows_read(); |
| 6255 | table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0; |
| 6256 | return error; |
| 6257 | } |
| 6258 | |
| 6259 | inline int handler::ha_read_first_row(uchar *buf, uint primary_key) |
| 6260 | { |
| 6261 | int error= read_first_row(buf, primary_key); |
| 6262 | if (!error) |
| 6263 | update_rows_read(); |
| 6264 | table->status=error ? STATUS_NOT_FOUND: 0; |
| 6265 | return error; |
| 6266 | } |
| 6267 | |
| 6268 | inline int handler::ha_write_tmp_row(uchar *buf) |
| 6269 | { |
| 6270 | int error; |
| 6271 | MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_START(table_share->db.str, table_share->table_name.str); |
| 6272 | increment_statistics(&SSV::ha_tmp_write_count); |
| 6273 | TABLE_IO_WAIT(tracker, m_psi, PSI_TABLE_WRITE_ROW, MAX_KEY, 0, |
| 6274 | { error= write_row(buf); }) |
| 6275 | MYSQL_INSERT_ROW_DONE(error); |
| 6276 | return error; |
| 6277 | } |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 | inline int handler::ha_delete_tmp_row(uchar *buf) |
| 6280 | { |
| 6281 | int error; |
| 6282 | MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_START(table_share->db.str, table_share->table_name.str); |
| 6283 | increment_statistics(&SSV::ha_tmp_delete_count); |
| 6284 | TABLE_IO_WAIT(tracker, m_psi, PSI_TABLE_DELETE_ROW, MAX_KEY, 0, |
| 6285 | { error= delete_row(buf); }) |
| 6286 | MYSQL_DELETE_ROW_DONE(error); |
| 6287 | return error; |
| 6288 | } |
| 6289 | |
| 6290 | inline int handler::ha_update_tmp_row(const uchar *old_data, uchar *new_data) |
| 6291 | { |
| 6292 | int error; |
| 6293 | MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_START(table_share->db.str, table_share->table_name.str); |
| 6294 | increment_statistics(&SSV::ha_tmp_update_count); |
| 6295 | TABLE_IO_WAIT(tracker, m_psi, PSI_TABLE_UPDATE_ROW, active_index, 0, |
| 6296 | { error= update_row(old_data, new_data);}) |
| 6297 | MYSQL_UPDATE_ROW_DONE(error); |
| 6298 | return error; |
| 6299 | } |
| 6300 | |
| 6301 | |
| 6302 | extern pthread_attr_t *get_connection_attrib(void); |
| 6303 | |
| 6304 | /** |
| 6305 | Set thread entering a condition |
| 6306 | |
| 6307 | This function should be called before putting a thread to wait for |
| 6308 | a condition. @a mutex should be held before calling this |
| 6309 | function. After being waken up, @f thd_exit_cond should be called. |
| 6310 | |
| 6311 | @param thd The thread entering the condition, NULL means current thread |
| 6312 | @param cond The condition the thread is going to wait for |
| 6313 | @param mutex The mutex associated with the condition, this must be |
| 6314 | held before call this function |
| 6315 | @param stage The new process message for the thread |
| 6316 | @param old_stage The old process message for the thread |
| 6317 | @param src_function The caller source function name |
| 6318 | @param src_file The caller source file name |
| 6319 | @param src_line The caller source line number |
| 6320 | */ |
| 6321 | void thd_enter_cond(MYSQL_THD thd, mysql_cond_t *cond, mysql_mutex_t *mutex, |
| 6322 | const PSI_stage_info *stage, PSI_stage_info *old_stage, |
| 6323 | const char *src_function, const char *src_file, |
| 6324 | int src_line); |
| 6325 | |
| 6326 | #define THD_ENTER_COND(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5) \ |
| 6327 | thd_enter_cond(P1, P2, P3, P4, P5, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__) |
| 6328 | |
| 6329 | /** |
| 6330 | Set thread leaving a condition |
| 6331 | |
| 6332 | This function should be called after a thread being waken up for a |
| 6333 | condition. |
| 6334 | |
| 6335 | @param thd The thread entering the condition, NULL means current thread |
| 6336 | @param stage The process message, ususally this should be the old process |
| 6337 | message before calling @f thd_enter_cond |
| 6338 | @param src_function The caller source function name |
| 6339 | @param src_file The caller source file name |
| 6340 | @param src_line The caller source line number |
| 6341 | */ |
| 6342 | void thd_exit_cond(MYSQL_THD thd, const PSI_stage_info *stage, |
| 6343 | const char *src_function, const char *src_file, |
| 6344 | int src_line); |
| 6345 | |
| 6346 | #define THD_EXIT_COND(P1, P2) \ |
| 6347 | thd_exit_cond(P1, P2, __func__, __FILE__, __LINE__) |
| 6348 | |
| 6349 | inline bool binlog_should_compress(size_t len) |
| 6350 | { |
| 6351 | return opt_bin_log_compress && |
| 6352 | len >= opt_bin_log_compress_min_len; |
| 6353 | } |
| 6354 | |
| 6355 | |
| 6356 | /** |
| 6357 | Save thd sql_mode on instantiation. |
| 6358 | On destruction it resets the mode to the previously stored value. |
| 6359 | */ |
| 6360 | class Sql_mode_save |
| 6361 | { |
| 6362 | public: |
| 6363 | Sql_mode_save(THD *thd) : thd(thd), old_mode(thd->variables.sql_mode) {} |
| 6364 | ~Sql_mode_save() { thd->variables.sql_mode = old_mode; } |
| 6365 | |
| 6366 | private: |
| 6367 | THD *thd; |
| 6368 | sql_mode_t old_mode; // SQL mode saved at construction time. |
| 6369 | }; |
| 6370 | |
| 6371 | |
| 6372 | /** |
| 6373 | This class resembles the SQL Standard schema qualified object name: |
| 6374 | <schema qualified name> ::= [ <schema name> <period> ] <qualified identifier> |
| 6375 | */ |
| 6376 | class Database_qualified_name |
| 6377 | { |
| 6378 | public: |
| 6379 | LEX_CSTRING m_db; |
| 6380 | LEX_CSTRING m_name; |
| 6381 | Database_qualified_name(const LEX_CSTRING *db, const LEX_CSTRING *name) |
| 6382 | :m_db(*db), m_name(*name) |
| 6383 | { } |
| 6384 | Database_qualified_name(const LEX_CSTRING &db, const LEX_CSTRING &name) |
| 6385 | :m_db(db), m_name(name) |
| 6386 | { } |
| 6387 | Database_qualified_name(const char *db, size_t db_length, |
| 6388 | const char *name, size_t name_length) |
| 6389 | { |
| 6390 | m_db.str= db; |
| 6391 | m_db.length= db_length; |
| 6392 | m_name.str= name; |
| 6393 | m_name.length= name_length; |
| 6394 | } |
| 6395 | |
| 6396 | bool eq(const Database_qualified_name *other) const |
| 6397 | { |
| 6398 | CHARSET_INFO *cs= lower_case_table_names ? |
| 6399 | &my_charset_utf8_general_ci : |
| 6400 | &my_charset_utf8_bin; |
| 6401 | return |
| 6402 | m_db.length == other->m_db.length && |
| 6403 | m_name.length == other->m_name.length && |
| 6404 | !my_strnncoll(cs, |
| 6405 | (const uchar *) m_db.str, m_db.length, |
| 6406 | (const uchar *) other->m_db.str, other->m_db.length) && |
| 6407 | !my_strnncoll(cs, |
| 6408 | (const uchar *) m_name.str, m_name.length, |
| 6409 | (const uchar *) other->m_name.str, other->m_name.length); |
| 6410 | } |
| 6411 | void copy(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, const LEX_CSTRING &db, |
| 6412 | const LEX_CSTRING &name); |
| 6413 | // Export db and name as a qualified name string: 'db.name' |
| 6414 | size_t make_qname(char *dst, size_t dstlen) const |
| 6415 | { |
| 6416 | return my_snprintf(dst, dstlen, "%.*s.%.*s" , |
| 6417 | (int) m_db.length, m_db.str, |
| 6418 | (int) m_name.length, m_name.str); |
| 6419 | } |
| 6420 | // Export db and name as a qualified name string, allocate on mem_root. |
| 6421 | bool make_qname(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, LEX_CSTRING *dst) const |
| 6422 | { |
| 6423 | const uint dot= !!m_db.length; |
| 6424 | char *tmp; |
| 6425 | /* format: [database + dot] + name + '\0' */ |
| 6426 | dst->length= m_db.length + dot + m_name.length; |
| 6427 | if (unlikely(!(dst->str= tmp= (char*) alloc_root(mem_root, |
| 6428 | dst->length + 1)))) |
| 6429 | return true; |
| 6430 | sprintf(tmp, "%.*s%.*s%.*s" , |
| 6431 | (int) m_db.length, (m_db.length ? m_db.str : "" ), |
| 6432 | dot, "." , |
| 6433 | (int) m_name.length, m_name.str); |
| 6434 | DBUG_SLOW_ASSERT(ok_for_lower_case_names(m_db.str)); |
| 6435 | return false; |
| 6436 | } |
| 6437 | |
| 6438 | bool make_package_routine_name(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, |
| 6439 | const LEX_CSTRING &package, |
| 6440 | const LEX_CSTRING &routine) |
| 6441 | { |
| 6442 | char *tmp; |
| 6443 | size_t length= package.length + 1 + routine.length + 1; |
| 6444 | if (unlikely(!(tmp= (char *) alloc_root(mem_root, length)))) |
| 6445 | return true; |
| 6446 | m_name.length= my_snprintf(tmp, length, "%.*s.%.*s" , |
| 6447 | (int) package.length, package.str, |
| 6448 | (int) routine.length, routine.str); |
| 6449 | m_name.str= tmp; |
| 6450 | return false; |
| 6451 | } |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 | bool make_package_routine_name(MEM_ROOT *mem_root, |
| 6454 | const LEX_CSTRING &db, |
| 6455 | const LEX_CSTRING &package, |
| 6456 | const LEX_CSTRING &routine) |
| 6457 | { |
| 6458 | if (unlikely(make_package_routine_name(mem_root, package, routine))) |
| 6459 | return true; |
| 6460 | if (unlikely(!(m_db.str= strmake_root(mem_root, db.str, db.length)))) |
| 6461 | return true; |
| 6462 | m_db.length= db.length; |
| 6463 | return false; |
| 6464 | } |
| 6465 | }; |
| 6466 | |
| 6467 | |
| 6468 | class ErrConvDQName: public ErrConv |
| 6469 | { |
| 6470 | const Database_qualified_name *m_name; |
| 6471 | public: |
| 6472 | ErrConvDQName(const Database_qualified_name *name) |
| 6473 | :m_name(name) |
| 6474 | { } |
| 6475 | const char *ptr() const |
| 6476 | { |
| 6477 | m_name->make_qname(err_buffer, sizeof(err_buffer)); |
| 6478 | return err_buffer; |
| 6479 | } |
| 6480 | }; |
| 6481 | |
| 6482 | class Type_holder: public Sql_alloc, |
| 6483 | public Item_args, |
| 6484 | public Type_handler_hybrid_field_type, |
| 6485 | public Type_all_attributes, |
| 6486 | public Type_geometry_attributes |
| 6487 | { |
| 6488 | TYPELIB *m_typelib; |
| 6489 | bool m_maybe_null; |
| 6490 | public: |
| 6491 | Type_holder() |
| 6492 | :m_typelib(NULL), |
| 6493 | m_maybe_null(false) |
| 6494 | { } |
| 6495 | |
| 6496 | void set_maybe_null(bool maybe_null_arg) { m_maybe_null= maybe_null_arg; } |
| 6497 | bool get_maybe_null() const { return m_maybe_null; } |
| 6498 | |
| 6499 | uint decimal_precision() const |
| 6500 | { |
| 6501 | /* |
| 6502 | Type_holder is not used directly to create fields, so |
| 6503 | its virtual decimal_precision() is never called. |
| 6504 | We should eventually extend create_result_table() to accept |
| 6505 | an array of Type_holders directly, without having to allocate |
| 6506 | Item_type_holder's and put them into List<Item>. |
| 6507 | */ |
| 6508 | DBUG_ASSERT(0); |
| 6509 | return 0; |
| 6510 | } |
| 6511 | void set_geometry_type(uint type) |
| 6512 | { |
| 6513 | Type_geometry_attributes::set_geometry_type(type); |
| 6514 | } |
| 6515 | uint uint_geometry_type() const |
| 6516 | { |
| 6517 | return Type_geometry_attributes::get_geometry_type(); |
| 6518 | } |
| 6519 | void set_typelib(TYPELIB *typelib) |
| 6520 | { |
| 6521 | m_typelib= typelib; |
| 6522 | } |
| 6523 | TYPELIB *get_typelib() const |
| 6524 | { |
| 6525 | return m_typelib; |
| 6526 | } |
| 6527 | |
| 6528 | bool aggregate_attributes(THD *thd) |
| 6529 | { |
| 6530 | for (uint i= 0; i < arg_count; i++) |
| 6531 | m_maybe_null|= args[i]->maybe_null; |
| 6532 | return |
| 6533 | type_handler()->Item_hybrid_func_fix_attributes(thd, |
| 6534 | "UNION" , this, this, |
| 6535 | args, arg_count); |
| 6536 | } |
| 6537 | }; |
| 6538 | |
| 6539 | |
| 6540 | /* |
| 6541 | A helper class to set THD flags to emit warnings/errors in case of |
| 6542 | overflow/type errors during assigning values into the SP variable fields. |
| 6543 | Saves original flags values in constructor. |
| 6544 | Restores original flags in destructor. |
| 6545 | */ |
| 6546 | class Sp_eval_expr_state |
| 6547 | { |
| 6548 | THD *m_thd; |
| 6549 | enum_check_fields m_count_cuted_fields; |
| 6550 | bool m_abort_on_warning; |
| 6551 | bool m_stmt_modified_non_trans_table; |
| 6552 | void start() |
| 6553 | { |
| 6554 | m_thd->count_cuted_fields= CHECK_FIELD_ERROR_FOR_NULL; |
| 6555 | m_thd->abort_on_warning= m_thd->is_strict_mode(); |
| 6556 | m_thd->transaction.stmt.modified_non_trans_table= false; |
| 6557 | } |
| 6558 | void stop() |
| 6559 | { |
| 6560 | m_thd->count_cuted_fields= m_count_cuted_fields; |
| 6561 | m_thd->abort_on_warning= m_abort_on_warning; |
| 6562 | m_thd->transaction.stmt.modified_non_trans_table= |
| 6563 | m_stmt_modified_non_trans_table; |
| 6564 | } |
| 6565 | public: |
| 6566 | Sp_eval_expr_state(THD *thd) |
| 6567 | :m_thd(thd), |
| 6568 | m_count_cuted_fields(thd->count_cuted_fields), |
| 6569 | m_abort_on_warning(thd->abort_on_warning), |
| 6570 | m_stmt_modified_non_trans_table(thd->transaction.stmt. |
| 6571 | modified_non_trans_table) |
| 6572 | { |
| 6573 | start(); |
| 6574 | } |
| 6575 | ~Sp_eval_expr_state() |
| 6576 | { |
| 6577 | stop(); |
| 6578 | } |
| 6579 | }; |
| 6580 | |
| 6581 | |
| 6582 | #ifndef DBUG_OFF |
| 6583 | void dbug_serve_apcs(THD *thd, int n_calls); |
| 6584 | #endif |
| 6585 | |
| 6586 | class ScopedStatementReplication |
| 6587 | { |
| 6588 | public: |
| 6589 | ScopedStatementReplication(THD *thd) : thd(thd) |
| 6590 | { |
| 6591 | if (thd) |
| 6592 | saved_binlog_format= thd->set_current_stmt_binlog_format_stmt(); |
| 6593 | } |
| 6594 | ~ScopedStatementReplication() |
| 6595 | { |
| 6596 | if (thd) |
| 6597 | thd->restore_stmt_binlog_format(saved_binlog_format); |
| 6598 | } |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 | private: |
| 6601 | enum_binlog_format saved_binlog_format; |
| 6602 | THD *thd; |
| 6603 | }; |
| 6604 | |
| 6605 | #endif /* MYSQL_SERVER */ |
| 6606 | #endif /* SQL_CLASS_INCLUDED */ |
| 6607 | |